Fight Junkie 2011 Betting Results

2011
 

Year End Team & Individual Units Tally
By Boxeo

Another betting year comes to a close and the Fightjunkie team continues to turn a profit betting on the fight game. This time around it was for the entire 2011 betting season!

For the second straight year we not only covered boxing but started to add in more and more MMA matches. This year showcased marked improvement betting on MMA, and some of the team members actually fashioned better units won via Mixed Martial Arts.

Overall we produced a team total of 233.80 units of profit betting on boxing and MMA!

Thanks a bunch for checking out the site and we hope to produce even better numbers for the 2012 betting year.

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Fox 2
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Fox 2, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when Evan Dunham, (12-2, 2KO’s, 6 Submissions) faces off with the Nik “The Carny” Lentz, (21-4-2, 6KO’s, 9 Submissions) from the United Center, Chicago, Illinois.

Dunham opened the contest as the betting favorite and the lines have moved back and forth a bit since opening but currently you can get Dunham at -280 and Lentz at +220.

Evan Dunham is around four months removed from a successful comeback bout against Shamar Bailey that broke his previous two-fight losing streak. Dunham, a heavy favorite over Bailey, outwrestled his opponent for the duration of the fight and walked away with a unanimous decision victory.

Dunham has racked up a 5-2 record in the UFC and is now hoping to begin to a new string of victories on Saturday night. Dunham has not had an easy road in the UFC, having battled against Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu Black Belt Marcus Aurelio, Efrain Escudero, Tyson Griffin in addition to Sean Sherk and Melvin Guillard (both of whom Dunham lost to), but has been mostly successful in his career.

Evan won the first 11 fights of his professional career including four straight in the UFC, and has displayed a pretty well rounded skillset in the Octagon. Dunham lacks impressive wrestling credentials but uses his wrestling skills often and has actually become a pretty solid wrestler.

Dunham is not exceedingly powerful or quick with his takedowns but when he attempts them he drives forward relentlessly and more often than not is able to get his opponent down. Evan’s top control on the mat is also solid and is akin to the top game utilized by other high level wrestlers.

Dunham is not very aggressive with strikes from the top position but controls his opponents fairly well on the ground. Also important to note is Dunham’s Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu skill, which has aided him many times in his career.

Evan moves quite swiftly on the ground and is adept at advancing his position on the ground in addition to possessing excellent submission defense. Dunham was also awarded his Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu recently as well by the highly respected Wellington “Megaton” Dias.

While initially beginning his career as a wrestler, Evan Dunham has developed nicely in terms of striking ability and has crafted a style that works well for him during striking exchanges. Dunham has good foot movement and uses that to his advantage very often, usually opting to pick apart at his opposition with quick jabs and right hands then escaping out of range.

Evan lacks punching power and does not throw with serious intensity anyway and as such typically just potshots at his opponents without causing real damage. Dunham is quite successful when he mixes up his extended striking periods with takedown attempts though.

Dunham has had issues with his durability in the past; having been hurt by both Efrain Escudero and Sean Sherk as well as knocked out by Melvin Guillard, but for the most part it is safe to say that Dunham is tough enough. Evan does not get seriously hurt by light punchers often, and is usually able to avoid going on Queer Street under most circumstances.

Dunham’s opponent Nik Lentz is also coming into this fight off a victory and, just like his opponent, went the distance with the fight ending via unanimous decision. Lentz faced off with BJJ Black Belt Mark Bocek at UFC 140 but unfortunately for Lentz, was on the losing end of an incredibly slow paced decision.

Lentz has made a name for himself in the 155 pound division as a solid wrestler and, more notably, a dreadfully boring fighter. 5-1-1 (1 No Contest) in the UFC, Lentz’s success in the Octagon cannot be argued with but his style has raised a fuss amongst MMA fans who suggest that Lentz takes full advantage of the flawed scoring system in MMA.

Nik is a former Division I wrestler and uses his wrestling in literally every fight he is in. His takedowns are not pretty, fast, or even exceptionally strong, but when Lentz shoots for a takedown he becomes determined to hold onto his opponent one way or another.

If he cannot get his target down, he will drive them to the end of the cage and pin them there for as long as he possibly can (see his bout with Andre Winner). If he does get his opponent on their back, then, if at all possible, he usually becomes the living description of “lay and pray”.

Lentz is a deceivingly well-schooled in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu, particularly off his back where he has become pretty good at retaining guard and avoiding serious damage, but lacks submission ability aside from a decent Guillotine Choke. He has only been submitted once though, and for the most part has displayed solid submission defense.

Unfortunately Lentz has adopted his particular style for a reason, and is a pure wrestler/grappler due to his other shortcomings. Nik is a poor striker who not only lacks significant punching power, but is also the owner of a fragile chin. Oddly enough though, Lentz has been stunned and knocked down countless times, even by infamously light punchers, but has never been knocked out.

I don’t think this is an extremely easy bout for Evan Dunham, but I have trouble seeing Nik Lentz walking away as the victor in this match up. Dunham is a far superior striker who, I feel, is also more durable. More importantly I doubt Dunham will be outwrestled in this fight.

Evan is the bigger, stronger fighter and is more than likely going to be able to defend against Lentz’s takedown attempts with ease. In fact, I wouldn’t be surprised in the least to see Dunham having success with his own takedowns in this fight.

It’s unlikely that Dunham stops Lentz, unless he is able to effortlessly “sprawl and brawl” Nik Lentz throughout the bout, but I have little doubt that Dunham will be able to outbox Lentz for as long as the fight lasts. Lentz shouldn’t be able to control the wrestling portion of the fight and as far as the striking goes, this matchup is no contest.

Krakrabbit: 2.50 Units On Dunham {-250}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Will Go 3 Rounds {+100}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Will Go 3 Rounds {+100}
D3: 1.00 Units On Will Go 3 Rounds {+100}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Fox 2
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Fox 2, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when Shane Roller, (10-5, 3KO’s, 6 Submissions) faces off with Michael "The Menace" Johnson, (9-6, 5 KO’s, 2 Submissions) from the United Center, Chicago, Illinois.

Roller opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line currently rests at -180 after a slight amount of cash came in on him. You can get the +145 underdog cash on Johnson.

Shane Roller was a very well-known WEC fighter in the lightweight division, amassing a respectable 6-2 record in the organization, with his only losses coming to Ben Henderson and Anthony Pettis.

However, since joining up with the UFC nearly a year ago, Roller has been much less successful. He won his UFC debut against Thiago Tavares by a miracle one punch knockout in a fight he was clearly losing, but has since lost two in a row at the hands of Melvin Guillard and most recently TJ Grant.

Shane was knocked out by Guillard and submitted by Grant, although admittedly Roller’s loss to Grant is the source of some controversy (Grant was awarded the win despite the fact Roller never visibly tapped to Grant’s submission).

The Team Takedown member could be fighting for his UFC career on Saturday night as another loss in the organization could mean seeing his pink slip after the bout.

In spite of his unimpressive record, Shane Roller is actually a decent fighter who unfortunately only excels in one area: grappling! Shane is a former Division I wrestler and his takedown ability has translated well into MMA. Roller’s style relies primarily on diving at his opponents’ legs, and while that in itself is not an uncommon attribute, Shane’s submission skills do make him a bit unique.

While Roller does have pretty strong takedowns as well as the determination to relentlessly pursue them to the finish, Shane is also a solid submission fighter. He has submission wins over Danny Castillo, Anthony Njokuani and Jamie Varner, with all three of those submissions coming via Rear Naked Choke.

Roller is not exceptionally skilled at grappling; having been submitted twice (including the Grant loss) and occasionally falling into an over passive top game, but is a decent enough grappler that he finishes fighters that are sub-par grapplers. Put simply, Roller is an above average fighter when it comes to the ground game.

Unfortunately, that is where his talents end. Shane Roller’s striking is less than impressive to say the least and he has been beaten on the feet multiple times in the past. Shane is poor technical skills and his “striking” typically relies solely on lobbing haymaker right hands at his opponent and hoping something connects.

Roller is passable when it comes to punching power, but his lack of technical skills leave him open to getting caught cleanly on the feet. Even more unfortunate for Shane, he does not have a durable chin and has been knocked out three times, not to mention the countless times Roller has been badly hurt.

Due to his weak chin and poor striking ability, it is not uncommon to see Roller rush forward at the beginning of a fight and begin working for takedowns. Although it isn’t always the most exciting thing, there is no question that Roller is at his best when he has secured top position on the ground.

Adding to all of that, Shane also has a very questionable gas tank that has been exposed in the past. Roller was very fatigued against Pettis in that losing effort, and under most circumstances Shane has a bit over one round of strong conditioning before showing visible signs of slowing down. In fact, three of Roller’s five losses have come in the third round!

Michael Johnson has also had a tough time in the UFC and too holds a record of 1-2 in the organization. Johnson fought his way into the UFC on The Ultimate Fighter 12, making it to the finals but losing a clear unanimous decision to Jonathan Brookins.

Johnson then went on to knock out 2-3 fighter Edward Faaloloto and, as of nearly four months ago, get submitted by Paul Sass.

Like his opponent Michael Johnson is also a wrestler for the most part and has utilized his takedown ability to win the majority of his fights. Johnson lacks formal credentials but is a decent wrestler when facing off with low level opposition and possesses a fairly quick double leg takedown.

Michael is also a somewhat quick striker on the feet and also possesses moderate punching power, although he has been outboxed previously in his career. What attributes to most of his defeats though is his conditioning, an area where Michael Johnson is severely lacking.

Johnson usually only has about one round of stamina and after that point begins to fall apart. For one round, Johnson has good takedown defense, decent striking and quick takedowns but after the first round all of his abilities drastically diminish.

Michael is a sub-par grappler on the ground and even from the top position is unimpressive. When Johnson gets tired, he is easily dominated on the ground and is often akin to a corpse when put on his back.

Quite frankly I think this is a fight that Shane Roller should easily win, or otherwise be cut from the UFC forever. Michael Johnson has shown nothing in his career that makes me think he can handle a fighter like Shane Roller.

Roller is a much better wrestler both offensively and defensive, in addition to being the vastly superior Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu practitioner (in fact, Roller is trained directly by Mark Laimon in BJJ).

I would be shocked if even the deeply flawed Shane Roller were unable to dispatch of Johnson with ease in this contest. I expect nothing less than a dominant wrestling performance followed most likely by a submission win for Roller.

Krakrabbit: 4.80 Units On Roller {-160}
Boxeo: 3.20 Units On Roller {-160}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.60 Units On Roller {-160}
D3: 1.60 Units On Roller {-160}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Fox 2
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Fox 2, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when “Suga” Rashad Evans, (16-1-1, 6KO’s, 2 Submissions) faces off with unbeaten Phil “Mr. Wonderful” Davis, (9-0, 2KO’s, 3 Submissions) from the United Center, Chicago, Illinois.

Evans opened the contest as the slight betting favorite but the lines have not moved much since opening aside from a small amount of cash on the favorite. Evans currently rests at -155 and Davis sits at +125.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +145, and the Won’t Go at -185. Evans ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +145, while Evans by decision will get you +250. Davis ITD hits the mark at +254, and Davis by decision lands at +521. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6500.

Rashad Evans is only about five months removed from an impressive performance against Tito Ortiz at UFC 133. Evans and Ortiz had a competitive first round, but Rashad soon took control of the fight and finished Ortiz late into the second frame.

The victory marked the third in a row for the former champion, and Evans’ last three wins have been quite impressive. Since losing his title to Lyoto Machida in 2009, Evans has gone on to beat Thiago Silva, Quinton Jackson and most recently Tito Ortiz.

In fact, Rashad’s resume as a whole is very glossy and includes a number of former champions or title challengers. Stephan Bonnar, Michael Bisping, Chuck Liddell and Forrest Griffin have all fallen before Evans, and “Suga” has amassed an incredible 11-1-1 record in the UFC since winning The Ultimate Fighter 2 as a heavyweight.

Evans has early success in his career purely as a wrestler, but has since developed into a very respectable striker on the feet.

Rashad is a former Division I wrestler and possesses very quick and surprisingly powerful takedowns that he still utilizes often. Evans drops for double leg takedowns at an unexpectedly fast speed, and rarely abandons takedown attempts even if they are initially unsuccessful. Evans has even been criticized in the past for not letting go of a takedown and simply holding his opponent up against the cage (as he often did in his bout with Quinton Jackson).

Aside from his takedowns, Evans is also a solid grappler on the ground. His top control is smothering and while he can drop some quick ground and pound on his opponents, he is often content with staying safe on top of his foe.

As far as submissions go, Evans has only secured two tap outs in his career, coincidentally in his first two bouts. However, Evans is a Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu under Rolles Gracie, although that “black belt” is often disputed due to Rashad rarely displaying high level Jiu-Jitsu skills.

That being said, Evans has showcased great top control and the occasional solid escape from his back, so I think it would be foolish to completely write off his grappling ability.

On the feet is where Rashad has seen huge improvement though, and he is now a deadly enough striker that he mixes up striking and takedowns effortlessly. Evans possesses very quick hand speed, decent technical skills and respectable punching power.

Rashad is not a huge puncher, but has the speed and accuracy necessary to surprise his opponents. He was able to knock out the experienced Tito Ortiz a few months ago, and also badly hurt Quinton Jackson in the first round before the Ortiz rematch.

“Suga” has had issues with his chin, having been knocked out by Lyoto Machida and stunned badly by Silva and Jackson, but admittedly all three of those fighters are pretty big punchers in their own right.

“Mr. Wonderful” Phil Davis is also coming into this fight riding a win streak, although his winning streak extends through his entire career. Davis scored the biggest win of his career over Antonio Rogerio Nogueira ten months ago by unanimous decision.

Davis did not look good against Nogueira, but got the job done by surviving on the feet and managing to wrestle Nogueira down in the second and third round to secure the shutout on the judges’ scorecards.

Phil has been on a tear for the most part since joining the UFC though, and he already holds wins over Brian Stann, Alexander Gustafsson and Tim Boetsch in addition to “Lil’ Nog” during his stint in the UFC.

“Mr. Wonderful”, like his opponent Evans, also began his career purely as a wrestler and also possesses impressive credentials in wrestling. Davis is also a former Division I wrestler and is a 4-time All-American as well.

Phil is not outstandingly quick with his takedowns, but is relentless with his takedown attempts and is actually a pretty solid wrestler. Davis owns a strong double leg takedown and is also surprisingly skilled at taking the fight to the ground via the clinch, typically with the “bodylock”.

From the top position, Davis also impresses. He can be very passive with his ground and pound but grapples and advances positions quite well on the ground. I have also been somewhat impressed with his submission skills thus far in his career, having pulled out solid submissions against Gustafsson and Boetsch, neither of whom are tomato cans on the mat.

Unfortunately, unlike his rival Rashad Evans, “Mr. Wonderful” has not yet developed his striking and the kickboxing portion of his game is actually his weakest area. Davis has added some quick kicks into his arsenal that are fairly sharp while training at Alliance MMA, but is not threatening enough with simply his kicks.

Davis’ actual boxing is quite terrible, and it is clear that Phil is uncomfortable on the feet. He typically only throws kicks at his opponents but when he lets his hands go you will witness sloppy striking that often leads to a telegraphed takedown attempt.

As a whole, I would be quite shocked to see Rashad Evans lose this contest. It may sound crazy, considering the potential many fight fans see in Phil Davis, but I feel Evans has the advantage no matter where the fight goes.

Rashad is the stronger wrestler, the incredibly superior striker, the more seasoned grappler and the vastly more experienced fighter. Adding to all of that, I have the utmost confidence in Phil Davis’ punching power (or lack thereof) and I highly doubt he will be able to damage Evans at all in this fight.

If he so chooses, “Suga” Rashad should be able to defend the takedowns of Davis and effortlessly outstrike his opponent. But I wouldn’t be surprised to see Evans taking Davis down and dropping his inexperienced opponent into the deep end of the pool as it were.

Under normal circumstances I would suggest it very possible, but probably not likely that Evans finishes this fight before the final bell. But considering this is a five round fight and Evans should have his way in this contest, and I think there is a great chance that Rashad goes home early.

Evans has had conditioning issues in the past but should be able to fight at his own pace and as such conserve energy; since he will not be forced to wrestle his opponent this time around (he was forced to outwrestle Silva and Jackson due to the threat of their punching power).

I very much expect a dominant performance from Evans though, no matter if he scores a stoppage of some kind or not. Phil Davis is, in my mind, nowhere near the caliber of fighter that Rashad Evans is, and that fact should display itself on Saturday night.

Krakrabbit: 6.75 Units On Evans {-135}
Boxeo: 13.50 Units On Evans {-135}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 6.75 Units On Evans {-135}
D3: 13.50 Units On Evans {-135}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Fox 2
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Fox 2, MMA fans will be treated to a middleweight fight when Chael Sonnen, (26-11-1, 7KO’s, 4 Submissions) battles Michael “The Count” Bisping, (22-3, 14KO’s, 4 Submissions) from the United Center, Chicago, Illinois.

Sonnen opened the contest as the large betting favorite in the fight and his line has not moved much since opening and is sitting at its current number of around -450. Bisping is sitting around the +330 mark.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -270, and the Won’t Go at +190. Sonnen ITD (Inside The Distance) currently sits at +319. Sonnen by decision will cost you -170. Bisping ITD hits the mark at +614, and Bisping by decision lands at +650. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8000.

Chael Sonnen is only about three months removed from a successful comeback fight against Brian Stann at UFC 136. Sonnen effortlessly took Stann down in the fight and battered him from the top position, and replicated that accomplishment in the second round, that time finishing the bout with an Arm Triangle Choke.

Sonnen has been exceedingly successful in his recent outings, going 4-1 in his last five fights including wins over Dan Miller Yushin Okami and Nate Marquardt, not to mention his spectacular effort against Anderson Silva in a bout that has practically become famous now.

A master of trash talking, Chael is a pretty straight forward fighter inside the cage but has been able to use his talents to the fullest. Chael is a Division I wrestler and an Olympic level Greco-Roman wrestling practitioner and has carved a reputation out for himself as one of, if not the best wrestler in the UFC today.

Chael is an outstanding wrestler through and through, and his takedowns are incredible effective. Sonnen possesses powerful double legs, sneaky single legs and an underrated ability to get the fight to the ground from the clinch. To put it simply, if Chael Sonnen gets his hands on you, you’re going for a ride.

As well as that, Sonnen has also made a name for himself as a relentless fighter from the top position. Unlike many wrestlers, Chael throws a massive amount of punches from top control and is practically unrelenting in his pressure and attacks.

Sonnen lacks punching power and tends to throw his shots based off quantity, not quality, but nonetheless is vicious from the top. Also, Chael is surprisingly adept in the Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu, despite what his record may suggest.

In spite of being submitted eight times, I feel that Sonnen is a very underrated defensive grappler and the fact of the matter is that, upon closer inspection of his record, Chael only taps to high level Black Belts. He has never been submitted by anybody who is less than a Black Belt, and on that note, Chael is only submitted by the best Jiu-Jitsu practitioners.

Trevor Prangley, Forrest Griffin, Jeremy Horn, “Babulu” Sobral, Paulo Filho, Demian Maia and Anderson Silva have all submitted Sonnen, and I think it is safe to say that all of the fighters I listed are well respected Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu Black Belts.

Adding to all of that, Sonnen is also a better striker then most fight fans make him out to be. Chael throws a pretty solid left hand from the southpaw stance and has an extremely durable chin that backs him up when he makes any mistakes on the feet. Chael does not always come out of the starting gates shooting for takedowns; he often sets them up with some big shots on the feet before diving for his opponents’ legs.

Michael Bisping is also coming into this fight having very recently won a bout, and is almost two months removed from a dominating performance over Jason “Mayhem” Miller. Bisping struggled in the first round, getting taken down and mounted for a couple minutes, but took control of the fight from there.

Michael controlled the striking with ease and avoided the takedowns attempts of Miller, who quickly fatigued. Bisping eventually scored the TKO stoppage in the third round over a severely tired “Mayhem”.

“The Count” has actually won his last four fights with relative ease, and hasn’t been in serious trouble since losing to Wanderlei Silva back in early 2010. Bisping, like his opponent, is a very experienced fighter who has been in the cage with a number of high level competitors.

For the most part, Bisping has been successful, having only been defeated three times in his career (all former champions).

Michael has a pretty well rounded skillset and is a pretty good fighter, but relies primarily on his striking to win matches. He has somewhat quick hands, but more importantly is a master of using a simple, technically sound 1-2 on the feet, over and over again. Bisping rarely takes risks in striking exchanges and is typically content with keeping on the outside probing with his jab and dropping the right hand behind it.

“The Count” is also a decent wrestler and has become increasingly more effective with his takedown defense over the years. Bisping is not a powerhouse wrestler and is not much of an offensive wrestler, but Michael’s takedown defense has been pretty respectable against most of his opponents.

When Michael is taken down, he fights very well off his back while avoiding damage. Bisping doesn’t do much in the way of submissions, particularly off his back, but is rarely battered when he gets taken down. His defensive grappling skills are something I am quite impressed with, as Michael is usually able to avoid getting hit cleanly when his back is on the mat.

Michael’s biggest issue inside the cage is likely his chin though. Despite having only been knocked out once, by Dan Henderson no less, Bisping has been rocked countless times over the course of his career. It is a testament to his survival ability that Bisping has only been finished off once in his career, in spite of his very weak chin.

Before we get to how these fighters match up, I feel the need to express the importance of the late opponent changes in this fight. Michael Bisping was originally scheduled to face Demian Maia on Saturday night, and Chael Sonnen was supposed to face off with Mark Munoz.

Unfortunately, Munoz was injured and forced to step away from the fight. Bisping was pegged as the replacement for Munoz, and Maia is now fighting Chris Weidman. Now, this doesn’t sound like much aside from a bunch of fighters being switched around, but the potentially wasted training could be a factor.

Bisping was training for Maia, and during his camp was likely working on pure takedown and submission defense, but there is no question that Chael is a much better wrestler then Maia, and also brings an entirely different top game into this fight.

Chael is an aggressive fighter who throws a lot of punches from the top, whereas Maia is a pure grappler who is not very focused on ground and pound. If Bisping was looking to avoid submissions from Maia, I believe he has wasted a lot of time in training camp, seeing as how Sonnen will probably not be going for any submissions on Saturday anyway.

In any case, I think this matchup is very simple and cut and dry. Chael will be looking to get this fight to the ground and impose his will on the mat, whereas Bisping will likely be hoping to sprawl Sonnen’s takedowns...unfortunately for Michael that will not happen.

When Bisping gets taken down, I have no doubt that he will be fishing for the Triangle Choke, a weakness of Sonnen’s. The question remains if Michael is a strong enough Jiu-Jitsu practitioner to replicate the success fighters like Maia and Silva had.

I am very confident Bisping is not. He has shown no outstanding grappling skills in his entire career, and when put on his back does little more than control his opponents’ hands to avoid damage and attempt to get back to his feet. There is nothing to suggest that Bisping fights well enough off his back to submit Chael Sonnen.

I fully expect Sonnen to win this fight, and I think Bisping will be battered throughout this fight. Unlike he does with most opponents, Bisping will be unable to avoid the onslaught of punches from Sonnen and I think his attempts to stand up or submit Sonnen will be ultimately futile.

I would be a bit surprised if Chael stopped Bisping, considering this bout is only three rounds and Sonnen is not exactly a huge puncher as it is, (although I wouldn’t count it out completely), and nonetheless I suspect Sonnen will win a grinding unanimous decision over Bisping, earning himself a title shot and a rematch with Anderson Silva.

Krakrabbit: 5.10 Units On Sonnen By Decision {-170}
Boxeo: 3.40 Units On Sonnen By Decision {-170}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.70 Units On Sonnen By Decision {-170}
D3: 1.70 Units On Sonnen By Decision {-170}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Fox 2
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Fox 2, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight fight when Mike Russow, (14-1, 4KO’s, 8 Submissions) battles Jon Olav “The Viking” Einemo, (6-2, 1KO, 5 Submissions) from the United Center, Chicago, Illinois.

Russow opened the contest as the clear betting favorite but Einemo has received the majority of the cash since opening. Currently you can get Russow at -145 and Einemo at +135.

Chicago police officer Mike Russow is on a three fight win streak within the UFC alone, having defeated Justin McCully, Todd Duffee and, as of 10 months ago, Jon Madsen at UFC Fight Night 24.

Russow has actually won his last ten fights and has been on a tear since suffering the only loss of his career at the hands of Sergei Kharitonov back in early 2007.

Mike is often the underdog coming into his bouts in the UFC but has been able to defy the odds and defeat all of the opponents put in front of him during his stint in the UFC. Russow is not regarded as an exceptionally skilled fighter in any aspect of the sport, but is in actuality a pretty well rounded competitor.

Russow is a Division I wrestler and is a moderately skilled takedown artist, using the single leg takedown most effectively. He is not fast or particularly strong with his takedown attempts, but he has been able to drag down most of the fighters he has faced with the exception of the much larger Todd Duffee and the more skilled wrestler Jon Madsen.

Aside from that Russow is also a decent Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu practitioner, although he fails to seriously impress in that area either. Mike has earned the majority of his wins by submission but has not forced a tap out in over three years, and that win came over an opponent who has been submitted 10 times, and also holds a negative record.

Most recently though, Mike has been forced to utilize his striking ability inside the Octagon. He knocked out Duffee with a spectacular one-punch KO in the third round after taking a beating throughout the fight, and also forced a TKO stoppage against Madsen due to swelling on Madsen’s eye.

In reality, unfortunately Russow is not a very good striker either! Mike has a very durable chin, but has poor defensive and technical skills, and is not a very big puncher. What made his knockout of Duffee more shocking was the fact that Russow is not regarded as a big hitter at all!

Jon Olav Einemo has not been so successful in his career recently, having been stopped in the second round of an exciting fight with Dave Herman seven months ago. Einemo dominated the fight in the early going both on the feet and with some successful takedown attempts, but badly fatigued in the second frame and was knocked out with knees early in the second round.

The loss marked the first fight of Einemo’s career in over four years, and the layoff was brought on by a flesh eating bacteria on Einemo’s foot. Despite the incredibly long layoff though, Einemo looked quite impressive in the fight, particularly on the feet, where Einemo has typically struggled.

Evidently, after years of not fighting in the cage, Jon Olav acquired some solid striking skills while training at Golden Glory. Einemo looked to be punching harder and more technically than ever before (even badly stunning Herman multiple times), and I was also impressed with his durability in his war with Dave Herman, a fairly hard puncher.

In addition to his newfound striking ability, Jon Olav is also renowned for his grappling skills. A Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu, Einemo is one of few people to defeat Roger Gracie in a Jiu-Jitsu competition and has also amassed a number of other impressive wins on the grappling competition circuit over the years.

Quite frankly, I very much like Einemo’s chances to pull a “Russow” and upset his opponent on Saturday night. Jon Olav’s striking is likely to be superior to Russow’s, and I feel that Einemo is the bigger puncher of the two as well.

Not to mention the fact that Jon Olav will have two huge advantages aside from striking come fight night. Einemo is much larger than the undersized Russow, and is also coming into the fight as the clearly superior grappler.

If Einemo is also to keep up better conditioning then he did against Herman, then I fully expect Einemo to control the fight with his size, takedown attempts and surprisingly adept striking. I wouldn’t be surprised to see a stoppage win for Einemo at some point in the fight either, likely by submission but a knockout wouldn’t shock me.

Krakrabbit: 2.00 Units On Einemo {+220}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Einemo {+220}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Einemo {+220}
D3: 1.00 Units On Einemo {+220}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Fox 2
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Fox 2 we are treated to a middleweight bout between Chris “All-American” Weidman, (7-0, 2KO’s, 3 Submissions) and Demian Maia, (15-3, 2 KO’s, 8 Submissions) live from the United Center, Chicago, Illinois.

Weidman was installed as the clear betting favorite but nearly every dollar of betting money has been flowing in on the underdog, and the lines have shifted significantly since opening. Weidman now sits at around -160 while Maia comes in with the underdog money at +130.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -215 and the Won’t Go at +165. Weidman ITD (Inside The Distance) will get you +319, while Weidman by decision will get you +155. Maia ITD hits the mark at +459, and Maia by decision lands at +214. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +6000.

The betting favorite in this contest Chris Weidman has been successful in all three of his UFC bouts and is undoubtedly riding high after securing a fight ending Brabo Choke against Tom Lawlor two months ago.

Weidman was able to get the fight to the ground fairly quickly and end the bout after only two minutes of action with a very slick choke from the top position, putting Lawlor to sleep. The victory marked the second consecutive submission win for Weidman, who, five months earlier, won via standing Guillotine Choke against Jesse Bondfeldt.

Chris Weidman has been wholly successful in his MMA career and has been making a splash in the middleweight division with his very solid wins since joining up with the UFC and has been almost entirely showcasing his grappling skills inside the cage.

Weidman is a Division I wrestler who was also a two-time All-American (hence the nickname), and is a very good wrestler to say the least. Chris possesses strong takedowns and if you have ever seen him fight you can clearly see that he is a high level wrestler.

Even without setting up his takedowns, Weidman is rarely stuffed and is usually always able to take his opponent down at his will. I believe his lack of set-ups for his takedowns is a testament to his wrestling ability, as Weidman does not even need to throw his opponent off guard to get them to the floor.

The reasoning behind Chris’s mostly telegraphed takedowns is due to his lack of striking. Despite being a quick learner, Weidman has not picked up the striking arts as quickly as he does grappling and is actually a pretty poor striker.

Chris is a fairly light puncher on the feet, but more importantly is a sloppy boxer. He rarely throws kicks and when he lets his hands go it is painfully obvious that Weidman is not well schooled in boxing, kickboxing or anything other striking art for that matter.

However, Weidman’s grappling has, thus far, made up for his shortcomings on the feet. Chris is only a Purple Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu but has already accomplished impressive things in the world of Jiu-Jitsu.

Taught by Matt Serra, Weidman qualified for the legendary ADCC Submission Wrestling grappling competition after a very short time of Jiu-Jitsu training, losing to experienced Black Belt Andre Galvao in a close match that Weidman was shockingly competitive in.

Chris has quick transitions on the ground and is surprisingly slick on the mat for a grappler of such little experience. He has also displayed the ability to sink in a submission as soon as the opportunity arises, and is a very respectable grappler.

Demian Maia is also coming into this bout off a victory having defeated Jorge Santiago by unanimous decision in a mostly uneventful bout that saw Maia outwrestling Santiago with ease for three rounds.

Maia has won three of his last four with the only loss in the past 21 months coming in an extremely competitive bout with Mark Munoz. Maia and Munoz battled for three rounds, with Maia hurting Munoz badly in the first round but succumbing to Munoz’s takedown attempts, losing a deceivingly close unanimous decision.

Demian has been through quite a lot in his UFC career and is a 12-fight veteran of the organization. His resume has grown significantly in the UFC, and names such as Ed Herman, Nate Quarry, Chael Sonnen, Nate Marquardt, Anderson Silva, Kendall Grove and Mark Munoz dot his impressive list of opponents.

Maia is well known as a grappling wizard in Jiu-Jitsu circles, is known as one of the best active Jiu-Jitsu practitioners in the world and his accolades in Jiu-Jitsu competitions are only rivaled by the greatest grapplers. A 3rd-degree Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu, Demian’s ground skills have translated quite well into MMA.

Maia began his career with a string of submission wins, and although he has gone to the scorecards in his last six fights there is no question that Maia is still actively using his grappling skills in his fights.

Demian has not been submitting opponents inside the cage but has been using his ground skills to outgrapple his opponents with ease. Only one fighter has been able to hang with Maia on the ground in Maia’s MMA career, and that is Mark Munoz, who was able to avoid getting caught in many bad positions in their bout.

In addition to his outstanding grappling skills, both from the top position and on his back, Maia is also an underrated wrestler. While he lacks formal wrestling credentials, Maia is a very good wrestler with great takedown ability in multiple forms.

When I say “multiple forms”, I mean that Maia has a number of weapons in his arsenal to get a fight to the ground. Demian has trained in Judo and still actively trains with Judo practitioners, and as such has the capability of pulling out flashy throws from the clinch (see Maia’s fight with Sonnen).

As well as that, Demian has become increasingly more effective with his basic single and double leg takedown attempts, as well as working for takedowns when his opponent is up against the cage. Maia is most unique in his takedowns in that he occasionally blends both Judo and wrestling to get his opponents down, utilizing basic wrestling takedowns to set up Judo-esque trips.

Aside from his continually improving grappling though, Demian has seen the biggest improvements in his striking. Maia is a very respectable striker now, and it has not been an easy road to this point.

Demian has picked up boxing quite well after over 10 years as a professional in MMA and has a pretty effective striking style on the feet. Although Maia is not the most technically perfect fighter, he throws a solid left hand and a quick right hook from the southpaw stance and I believe his counter punching and speed have gotten much better over the years.

Maia is still a pretty light puncher, having only scored one knockout in his career, but strikes pretty well at this point in his career, as evidenced by his recent fights. I also feel the need to discount the claims that Demian Maia is a fragile fighter, simply considering his distance fights with Anderson Silva, Mark Munoz and Jorge Santiago.

When the betting odds released for this contest, I was utterly shocked to find Demian Maia as the underdog. Chris Weidman’s accomplishments in Jiu-Jitsu and his short MMA career cannot be disputed, but I have seen nothing to suggest that he is of the same level, or higher, then Demian Maia.

Maia is the clearly the superior grappler in this match up, and while Weidman may have the advantage when it comes to pure wrestling, Maia has experience on his side. Demian fights very well off his back, and aside from that has already been put on his back by Mark Munoz, one of the best ground and pound artists in MMA today.

More importantly though, Maia is the better striker of the two. Demian has quicker hand speed and has been striking successful much longer then Chris Weidman has. In fact, Weidman has never had a bout where he impressed me with his striking prowess.

Under most circumstances, the only way I can see Chris Weidman winning this bout is if he used everything in his power to take Maia down and do his best to “lay and pray” from the top position. While I was thinking that accomplishing that will be a very difficult task for Weidman, as he is will be facing off with undoubtedly the best grappler he has ever faced, there has been some disheartening news about Maia that I am not thrilled around.

Apparently, Demian is sick and was nursing a cold only a couple of days before his bout on Saturday night. There is no telling if he will walk into the Octagon as an ill fighter, but undoubtedly he has been struggling with a sickness during fight week.

I very much liked Maia’s chances in this fight consider that Weidman will be unable to outstrike Demian Maia and if put on his back will likely be dominated. While I still have a tough time pegging “All-American” as the favorite in this fight, I am much less confident in the Brazilian fighter in a contest that was likely to be difficult for him under the best circumstances.

I would still like to think that Demian is going to control this fight by outstriking Weidman and threatening with his grappling skills on his back though. Although it is not popular opinion, I do believe that Maia has the capability of pulling out a submission in this contest. If Demian is able to defend against Weidman’s takedowns and keep this fight on the feet, or, even better, take Weidman down, I have no doubt Maia will have the significant advantages in this contest.

Adding to all of that, Chris Weidman is coming into this fight on only about two weeks’ notice in unquestionably the biggest fight of his career, against unquestionably the best fighter he has ever faced.

It is very unfortunate that Maia is sick so close to fight night, and even if he is victorious I cannot justify a big risk on Demian due simply to his illness.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Maia {+225}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Maia {+225}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Maia {+225}
D3: 2.00 Units On Maia {+225}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

NBC
By Krakrabbit

This Saturday night features a 10-round fight between Gabriel Rosado, (18-5, 10KO’s) facing off against Jesus Soto “Renuente” Karass, (24-6-3, 16KO’s) live from the Asylum Arena, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Rosado comes into the contest as the slight favorite in the bout at around -185 and money has been coming in on Rosado since opening. Karass gets the underdog cash at +160.

The O/U for the fight has been set at 8.5 rounds, with the over at -260 and the under coming in at +220. Rosado by KO comes in at +270, while Rosado by decision will net you +132. Karass by KO hits the mark at +311, and Karass by decision lands at +488. The odds the fight is declared a draw land at +2500.

Gabriel Rosado is coming into this fight riding a four fight win streak, albeit over very low level competition. Rosado most recently conquered 13-6 fighter Keenan Collins by unanimous decision four months ago.

Rosado has won six of his last seven fights, but has been fighting primarily gatekeepers or quite simply, bums. The best win Rosado has had in years came over Saul Roman, a fight he won by split decision.

Gabriel is a fairly experienced fighter though, having been in the ring with multiple champions but unfortunately he typically always comes up short against the higher tier of opposition. The best win of his career was over Kassim Ouma (another fight he won by split decision), but other than that he has been bested by prospects and former champions alike.

Rosado is a boxer inside the ring and little more, despite what his decent KO percentage may suggest. Gabriel is not an aggressive fighter and truthfully, he lacks big punching power. When Rosado does score stoppages they tend to come over glass-chinned fighters who are severely outmatched.

Gabriel has decent foot work and a somewhat active jab, tools he uses constantly, but isn’t exceedingly quick and can fall into predictable patterns over the course of a fight. Rosado is no stranger to clinching and when faced with any difficult challenge, Rosado will not avoid jumping in and clinching at the sign of a punch.

Alfredo Angulo was able to expose that predictability, knocking Rosado out after breaking from the clinch. Gabriel has a pretty good chin, and Rosado is a pretty technically sound fighter, but he simply doesn’t put everything together well enough to be considered a part of the higher echelon of boxers.

Jesus Soto Karass has not been so fortunate in his recent outings, amassing a 0-3 (with one No Contest) record in his last four fights. Karass was last seen in action against Mike Jones, losing a wide unanimous decision. Prior to that, he lost a split decision to Jones in a much more competitive bout.

If you have seen Jesus Soto Karass fight before, you know what to expect from him. Karass does not change his style for anyone and is set in his ways as a fighter.

Jesus Soto is a very aggressive fighter with a very durable chin, relentless pressure and solid punching power. Karass has serious defensive issues, as most pressure fighters do, but has an iron chin that has allowed Karass to avoid being knocked out in his 34 bouts as a professional.

Jesus Soto is a good pressure fighter who throws strong bodyshots and never stops coming forward, but he has shown a liability to being outboxed on the outside. Karass has somewhat slow foot speed and has been beaten by boxers who utilize movement in the past (Jones, Alfonso Gomez, etc).

“Renuente” is not a bad fighter at all but his defensive issues and slow foot speed have cost him victory in the past. When he cannot get to his opponents, he is forced to chase after his foe while getting hit cleanly in the face.

I expect Gabriel Rosado to do the same thing to him on Saturday night. Rosado does not like to brawl and is a very passive fighter inside the ring. Clinching and moving and not taking chances is something Rosado looks to do almost every time he steps into the ring, and those tactics should work well against Karass.

Rosado may have to go through a hairy moment or two, but he is probably durable enough to hold up to anything Karass can land on him and likely has the foot work necessary to outbox his slower opponent.

If Karass does manage to get to Rosado and trap him somewhere, he will batter Gabriel but I see that as a pretty unlikely outcome. Add to the fact that Karass is moving up in weight from 147 pounds, and the fight in being held in Pennsylvania (where Rosado is the fan favorite), and Karass will have a very difficult time scoring a win in the Asylum Arena.

Gabriel should be able to put on a very boring affair that sees a lot of clinching and running, on his way to winning a unanimous decision over Karass.

Krakrabbit: 8.00 Units On Rosado By Decision {+132} & 2.60 Units On Karass By KO {+311}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 6.00 Units On Rosado By Decision {+132} & 2.00 Units On Karass By KO {+311}
D3: 6.00 Units On Rosado By Decision {+132} & 2.00 Units On Karass By KO {+311}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night we are treated to a WBA World super bantamweight title bout between Guillermo Rigondeaux, (8-0, 6KO’s) and Rico “Suavecito” Ramos, (26-0, 16KO’s) live from the Palms Casino Resort, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Rigondeaux has been installed as the fairly large betting favorite and has only risen since his line opened. Currently Rigondeaux sits at -380. Ramos comes in with the underdog money at +290.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -230 and the under at +190. Rigondeux by KO comes in at even money and the Cuban by decision will net you +175. Rico Ramos by KO hits the mark at a whopping +1280 while Ramos by decision comes in at +429. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +3000.

Guillermo Rigondeaux is, as you can see from his record, a very inexperienced professional. The Cuban amateur standout was a star before turning pro, amassing a number of impressive wins, not to mention an incredible overall amateur record.

Since turning pro Rigondeaux has not done a whole lot, but has been moved along quicker than your average 8-fight veteran would. Since having fought for a title (albeit a very small one) in his second professional bout, Rigondeaux’s best wins of his career have come in his last two fights against Ricardo Cordoba and, 10 months ago, Willie Casey.

Guillermo has remained undefeated in his career but did struggle heavily against Cordoba over the course of their 12-round fight. Rigondeaux was even knocked down in the sixth round, but managed to pull out the split decision in a very close contest.

Rigondeaux, whether due to his lack of professional experience or if it’s simply his style, fights very much like an amateur though and that has raised some questions about him. Guillermo is primarily a defensive fighter who likes to stay on the outside - probing with the occasional jab - waiting for his opponent to attack.

Guillermo let his hands go nicely against Willie Casey, ending the fight in the first round, but from the beginning to his career up until as recently as the Cordoba fight, Rigondeaux has had the look of a defensive fighter. Guillermo doesn’t like to get hit and rarely gets into drawn out exchanges with his opposition and most often, Rigondeaux plays the role of counter puncher.

Rigondeaux is a decent defensive fighter though and is obviously naturally talented with lightning quick hands, acceptable punching power and some strong body shots in his arsenal as well. Guillermo has good foot movement and he uses it constantly, but when he is in “defense-mode”, he has serious trouble getting his offense going.

Aside from the Casey fight, where he was more aggressive, Rigondeaux has had a bit of an issue with fighting slow paced and putting together a low punch output. Guillermo’s punching power has bailed him out in most of his fights, but the one time he was put in with a solid veteran, he struggled immensely (Cordoba).

Rico “Suavecito” Ramos is also coming into this fight having just scored an impressive knockout. Ramos stopped the underrated Akifumi Shimoda cold in the seventh round in their championship fight.

Ramos overcame adversity to score that knockout, having been behind on all three scorecards in the deceivingly competitive fight. Both fighters played it pretty slow throughout the contest, missing each other on most occasions with many rounds being won primarily off a higher output of jabs.

Rico has had many more fights then Rigondeaux in his professional career, but I have also been mostly unimpressed with the level of his opposition up until 2010. Ramos undoubtedly owns a superior resume in this match up nonetheless and his best victories are over the experienced Reynaldo Lopez and Heriberto Ruiz and of course Shimoda. Considering Ramos only has 20 bouts as a professional, I cannot attack his resume too much.

Stylistically Ramos is also a boxer who likes to utilize the jab. Rico had a tough time with Shimoda but is a fundamentally sound fighter with good overall skills. Ramos is not much of a brawler, but can show some flashes of a tight game on the inside.

For the most part though, Ramos likes to box and move. Also talented, Ramos has fast hands, a good jab and some pretty respectable defense as well. Coincidentally, Ramos has also had some issues with not letting his hands go enough and simply being content with jabbing and moving, but for the most part has displayed underrated skills inside the ring.

Quite frankly I think Rico Ramos and Guillermo Rigondeaux fight similarly and that this is not as easy a fight for Rigondeaux as the betting odds may suggest. I have a feeling Ramos is being undervalued due to his performance against Shimoda, and honestly I have been unimpressed with Rigondeaux as a whole.

Undoubtedly this fight will come down to who can pick who off on the outside. Neither fighter quite have the style or mentality to stand right in front of their opponent and slug it out on the inside (where Ramos has the edge), so I expect the second consecutive fight where Ramos will be forced to try and outbox his opponent.

It will not be easy and I can see either man getting outworked and beaten on the outside with the jab, but if Rigondeaux lets his hands go against Ramos he should be able to outwork “Suavecito”.

If Rigondeaux shows his tentativeness to set up his own offense, then Ramos could very well slow down the pace of this fight and use his movement and a strong jab to keep Rigondeaux from countering him.

In any case though, I expect a distance fight. Both fighters are well conditioned (Ramos more so), neither are big punchers (Rigondeaux is the better puncher though) and both have durable beards (although I feel Ramos is tougher).

This fight should go the distance with the victor being decided via close decision victory in could be one of the most boring fights in recent memory, although I cannot definitively suggest a winner (Ramos could very well pull out the upset in this one though).

Krakrabbit: 2.30 Units On Over 9.5 Rounds {-230}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {+190}
D3: 1.00 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {+190}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On FX 1
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on UFC On FX 1, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight fight when Patrick “HD” Barry, (6-4, 5KOs) battles Christian Morecraft, (7-2, 3KO’s, 4 Submissions) from the Bridgestone Arena, Nashville, Tennessee.

Barry opened the contest as the betting favorite, and the lines have not moved much since they opened aside from a slight amount of cash on the favorite. Currently you can get Barry at -175 and Morecraft at +145.

Patrick Barry could be fighting for his UFC career on Friday night when he steps into the cage with Christian Morecraft. Barry has lost his last two fights, in both of which his night was ended early.

Barry was knocked out in a dramatic bout with Cheick Kongo and more recently was submitted by Stefan Struve at UFC Live 6.

In his fight with Struve, “HD” was unable to get past the monumental reach of Struve and succumbed to a Triangle Choke in the second round after getting lured to the ground by the threat of a Guillotine Choke.

Patrick has been having tough times in the UFC, going 1-3 in his last four outings and bringing his overall record in the organization to 3-4 (submitted three times and knocked out once).

Speaking of his losses, I believe his record shows a clear path to defeat him, considering his three submission losses. His tap out loss to Stefan Struve can be forgiven, but he was submitted by Tim Hague and Mirko Cro Cop as well, which is quite embarrassing.

“HD” is completely and wholly a striker inside the cage and has shown no real grappling ability at any point of his career. Owning no submission wins and displaying an incredible vulnerability to grappling, Barry’s biggest weakness by far is his ground game.

Pat’s takedown defense is sufficient enough, but some way or another he has found himself on the floor tapping three times. Against Hague, he was caught in a Guillotine Choke during a scramble and Cro Cop submitted him with a Rear Naked Choke after knocking him down.

On the feet, Barry has also had his reputation as a feared striker diminished somewhat. Patrick has shown impressive punching power and solid striking skills, particularly with his kicks, but is becoming infamous for his inability to finish a hurt opponent.

He badly hurt Hague back in the day and his tentativeness cost him a victory that night. He also practically knocked out Cheick Kongo, and this time went straight after his opponent...only to be knocked out cold for the first time in his career. One way or another, Barry just has trouble ending the fight when he hurts his foe these days.

Christian Morecraft is also trying to persevere through a difficult time in his current stint with the UFC and was knocked out by Matt Mitrione almost seven months ago in two rounds.

Morecraft has lost two of his last three fights, with his only win in the UFC coming over Sean McCorkle (who is not in the organization anymore). Christian has also been thrown in with decent fighters despite his inexperience, and as such has not been faring too well. I think it is safe to say that Morecraft is also fighting for his job on Friday night.

Christian style is mostly opposite to his opponent’s, and Morecraft has had the most success in his career by utilizing grappling. Morecraft is not a high level grappler and has been beaten on the ground before, but fights decently on the ground early in a fight and has displayed some variety of submissions in his arsenal.

Unfortunately, Morecraft is plagued with poor conditioning and mediocre striking, both of which has cost him a win in the past. When fighting Struve, Morecraft looked excellent for the first round before getting knocked out in the second round after fatiguing and leaving himself open to getting countered.

When he fought Matt Mitrione, he was again stopped in the second round after tiring badly and being unable to outstrike or take down Mitrione.

Christian will have no hope of outstriking the much quicker and better conditioned Patrick Barry, and I think he will have a tough time getting Barry to the ground as well.

Barry is a big puncher and a far superior striker, and I doubt Morecraft will be able to hold up to clean shots from “HD”. I very much expect Morecraft to come out of the starting gates looking for a takedown, but if Barry is able to defend initial takedown attempts from Morecraft, he should only need to put in a minimal amount of work on the feet to score a stoppage over Morecraft.

Pat Barry is not a fighter to bet the house on...ever, but he should have easy work on Friday night if he is able to stuff a takedown or two from Christian Morecraft. Hopefully Barry’s extensive training at Team Deathclutch with Brock Lesnar and other powerhouse heavyweight wrestlers will have paid off.

Krakrabbit: 1.45 Units On Barry {-145}
Boxeo: 1.45 Units On Barry {-145}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On FX 1
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on UFC On FX 1, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when Kamal “Prince of Persia” Shalorus, (7-1-2, 4KO’s, 1 Submission) battles unbeaten Khabib Nurmagomedov, (16-0, 6KO’s, 6 Submissions) from the Bridgestone Arena, Nashville, Tennessee.

Shalorus opened the contest as the fairly small favorite and money has only been flowing in on him since the lines opened with Shalorus resting at -140 and Nurmagomedov sitting at +120.

Kamal Shalorus will return to the Octagon on Friday night after suffering the first loss of his career roughly 10 months ago. At UFC 128, Shalorus went up against the highly regarded Jim Miller and ended up getting stopped in the third round.

Kamal fought well in the first and very competitive round, but things went downhill from there as he even though he was taken down only once in the second frame, he was unable to get back to his feet and got dominated on the ground. In the third round, Shalorus got caught with a sharp uppercut that took all the fight out of him.

Shalorus is not a big name fighter in the lightweight division but has faced off with some excellent competition thus far in his short career. Amassing a 3-0-1 record in the WEC, Shalorus went up against Dave Jansen, Jamie Varner and Bart Palaszewski during his stint in the WEC, beating Jansen and Palaszewski and fighting to a draw with Varner.

Kamal has been pretty successful in his MMA career, edging out wins as the underdog and his style has proven to be effective inside the cage. Shalorus is an accomplished wrestler who competed in the Olympic qualifiers, representing Great Britain.

Unlike some decorated wrestlers though, Shalorus has managed to carry his impressive wrestling ability into his MMA career. Kamal has been quoted as saying “nobody can take me down”, and for the most part this is a factual statement.

Shalorus has outstanding takedown defense and one of the first time he was taken down in MMA was against Jim Miller a bout that ended up being his first defeat. On a related note, Shalorus is also a very strong wrestler with powerful takedowns in his arsenal that are also complemented by surprising speed on his shoots.

The “Prince of Persia” has also done fairly well in grappling competitions outside of pure wrestling, and he has competed in the ADCC Submission Wrestling competition in the past. His top control is quite impressive and it is clear that Shalorus is a pretty high level wrestler/grappler.

On the feet Shalorus begins to look a bit less solid, as he has become renowned for his wild striking. Kamal swings wide, looping punches at all of his opponents and while he does pack a strong punch, Shalorus is often very inaccurate when his strikes.

Oddly enough Shalorus is still able to maintain his stellar takedown defense even when throwing haymakers, and even more impressively, Shalorus has a fairly deep gas tank. Considering how often he misses his punches and how much energy he puts into each strike, Kamal’s conditioning is actually quite notable. Not to mention Shalorus’ iron chin that has held up to some devastating shots in his career (do not be fooled by his stoppage loss to Jim Miller).

Little known 155 pounder, Khabib Nurmagomedov will be making his UFC debut on Friday night after a career of flying far under the radar. Khabib has never fought inside a cage in his 16-fight career, and the level of his competition thus far has been entirely abysmal.

However, Nurmagomedov has looked pretty good against that low-level opposition, recording the majority of his wins inside the distance by either submission or knockout. Khabib is a Sambo champion and looks to be a very solid grappler on the ground, particularly from the top position but oddly enough he rarely utilizes throws in his fights.

From what I have seen of him, Nurmagomedov typically likes to shoot for a single leg takedown if he wants to get a fight to the ground. He almost never jumps into the clinch and throws his opponent around, as you may expect from a Sambo practitioner who holds the rank of “International Master of Sports” (essentially the Black Belt of Sambo).

While Khabib is pretty slick on the ground, I have been very unimpressed with his striking skills and, as a matter of fact, his wrestling ability. Nurmagomedov’s single leg attack is not very strong and he telegraphs his takedown attempts as well.

Not only that, but his lack of striking ability does not help him when he is shooting for a takedown. Khabib throws next to nothing on the feet, and anything he does throw is both weak and sloppy.

Say what you will about Kamal Shalorus’ striking technique, but one way or another he can get the job done on the feet. The same cannot be said about Nurmagomedov and his boxing ability.

I consider this to be a simple fight to look at, and it will go one of two ways. Either Nurmagomedov will get the fight to the ground and dominate the grappling, or Shalorus will defend the takedown attempts and control the bout with ease.

I am heavily inclined to suggest the latter option will be displayed on Friday night. Kamal Shalorus is an elite level wrestler at 155 pounds and has outstanding takedown defense and strength. I simply do not see Nurmagomedov being able to take Shalorus down with his mediocre wrestling attacks, and I think this is no competition as far as striking skills go.

Shalorus is the stronger man and the better wrestler and striker. I suspect he will put the undefeated Nurmagomedov in his place, taking home a fairly easy victory, likely by stoppage.

Krakrabbit: 2.30 Units On Shalorus {-115}
Boxeo: 2.30 Units On Shalorus {-115}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.15 Units On Shalorus {-115}
D3: 2.30 Units On Shalorus {-115}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On FX 1
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on UFC On FX 1 we are treated to a lightweight bout between Jim Miller, (20-3, 3KO’s, 11 Submissions) and Melvin “The Young Assassin” Guillard, (29-9-2, 19KO’s, 2 Submissions) live from the Bridgestone Arena, Nashville, Tennessee.

Miller has been installed as the betting favorite but money has been coming in on both fighters. Miller currently sits at around -155 while Guillard backers will get +135 odds.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +175 and the Won’t Go at -245. Miller ITD (Inside The Distance) will get you +117, while Miller by decision will get you +345. Guillard ITD hits the mark at +246, and Guillard by decision lands at +495. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +7500.

The New Jersey fighter Jim Miller is hoping to make a successful comeback after suffering a one sided defeat at the hands of soon-to-be title challenger Ben Henderson. Miller lost via unanimous decision in a valiant effort that nonetheless saw Miller’s seven fight win streak broken.

For those who don’t know, Jim Miller possesses an excellent record and has an impressive resume to boot, often facing off with high level fighters and contenders in the 155 pound division. Miller has been squaring off with some of the best for much of his career and you need only look at his record to see evidence of that.

Having fought current champion Frankie Edgar in his sixth professional fight and Bart Palaszewski in his twelfth, it is easy to see that Miller has not had an easy road to the UFC.

Within the UFC, nothing got easier as he holds victories over Matt Wiman, Mac Danzig, Gleison Tibau and Charles Oliveira. Jim has managed to amass a very solid 9-2 record in the organization though, only suffering losses to two-time title challenger Gray Maynard and Henderson.

Jim Miller has displayed an array of skills over his time in the UFC, and still continues to improve every time he steps into the Octagon. First and foremost Miller is a wrestler and although there is not a lot of evidence of his wrestling credentials aside from him having wrestled in high school and college, it is clear that he is a powerful wrestler in MMA.

Miller’s double leg is his bread and butter, and is both strong and fairly quick, especially when mixed in with his striking. Throughout his career, Miller has rarely been stuffed and typically the only time his takedowns are stifled are when he is shooting on elite wrestlers (Edgar, Maynard and Henderson fit the bill).

On a related note, Jim is also a Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu (who isn’t?), under respected grappler Jamie Cruz. Miller has only been a Black Belt for about a year, but is an excellent grappler who is, obviously, devastating from top control but also shockingly adept at fighting off his back.

From the top position Miller uses his wrestling and Jiu-Jitsu skills to their fullest, and there are not many competitors who are able to defend against his submission attempts for long. On the other end of things, Jim is surprisingly effective off his back, especially considering he is a wrestler. Miller is fully capable of pulling out sneaky submission attempts off his back, as evidenced by his fight with Ben Henderson (amongst others).

Jim’s striking is what has taken the longest to develop, as he has primarily focused on using wrestling and grappling to win his fights. More recently however, his boxing skills have looked much improved.

Although he isn’t quite a world class striker, Jim has fairly quick hands in addition to respectable technical skills from the southpaw stance. His lacks punching power but is quite successful when it combines his striking with the occasional takedown attempt.

“The Young Assassin” Melvin Guillard is once again coming off a loss in his career after winning five straight bouts. Guillard was beaten up by Joe Lauzon three months ago in what ended up being the ninth submission loss of his career.

Melvin was hurt badly early in the fight by a jab from Lauzon and, after failing a takedown attempt, had his back taken. It was short work from there as Guillard was soon tapped out with a Rear Naked Choke only 47 seconds into the first round.

Guillard is a well-known fighter in MMA and an experienced striker, but has failed to drastically improve on his weaknesses, even during his time with Greg Jackson (he has since left Jackson’s and now trains with the Blackzillian team in Florida). Melvin is infamous for his poor submission defense and low in-fight IQ, and while he does fight a bit smarter inside the cage these days, his submission defense has yet to improve.

A victim of nine submission losses, Melvin has a particular issue with chokes. Guillotines, Rear Naked Chokes, Triangle Chokes, anything that touches his neck really. In fact, eight of those nine submission losses came via some form of choke.

“The Young Assassin” is a very talented striker though, and at his best he is able to keep it on the feet and pick his opponents apart. Blessed with quick hands, big knockout power and a seemingly solid chin, Guillard is rarely ever matched on the feet and has been in with a multitude of strikers throughout his nearly 10 year career.

Melvin’s takedown defense is also fairly good, although his ability to defend takedowns has been exploited on more than one occasion. Guillard isn’t submitted unless the fight hits the ground, and seeing as he seldom wrestles and has many submission losses, I think it is easy to see that Melvin is no Mirko Cro Cop when it comes to stuffing takedowns.

This fight is pretty cut and dry, as is usually the case with a bout featuring Melvin Guillard. If this fight stays on the feet, Guillard will have the advantage. If Jim Miller is able to take Guillard down, I doubt it will be long before we see “The Young Assassin” tapping out once again.

Guillard is likely going to be very cautious in this match up and much less cocky then he was against Lauzon. I don’t foresee anything happening that will allow Miller to get the better of Guillard in striking exchanges.

I feel this contest comes down to whether or not Guillard can stuff the inevitable takedown attempts of Jim Miller. If he can, he should, at the very least, outpoint Miller. If he cannot, Miller will be able to outgrapple his vastly overmatched opponent. I believe Miller has the wrestling skills to get Guillard to the ground, and I expect a quick win for him on Saturday night.

Jim is a very good wrestler and I would be surprised to see him testing his striking against Guillard as the difference in grappling ability is immense. I honestly think Miller would be able to pull guard against Guillard and still sink in a submission (although that is highly unlikely)!

I suspect Miller will probe a little bit with some shots from the southpaw stance, but will shoot be diving at Guillard’s legs. I don’t think Guillard will be able to defend Miller’s takedowns for long, and I fully expect Jim to finish the fight early, likely with a Rear Naked Choke.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Miller ITD {+117}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Miller ITD {+117}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Miller ITD {+117}
D3: 2.00 Units On Miller ITD {+117}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On FX 1
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on UFC On FX 1, MMA fans will be treated to a welterweight fight when Charlie “The Spaniard” Brenneman, (14-3, 5KO’s, 2 Submissions) faces off with Daniel “Ninja” Roberts, (12-3, 9 Submissions) from the Bridgestone Arena, Nashville, Tennessee.

Brenneman opened the contest as the significant favorite but the lines haven’t moved much since opening with Brenneman currently sitting at -280 and Roberts at +220.

Charlie Brenneman will be hoping to get back to his winning ways on Friday night after coming off a devastating loss at the hands of Anthony Johnson almost three months ago. Brenneman was unable to take Johnson down in the fight and was easily outstruck, getting knocked out with a head kick after only two minutes of action.

While Charlie was brutalized by Johnson, Brenneman has been mostly successful in his UFC career. Holding a 3-2 record in the organization including wins over Jason High and Rick Story, Brenneman is a little known and underestimated fighter in the welterweight division.

“The Spaniard” is, quite simply, a wrestler. Charlie is little more than a pure wrestler who essentially tries to turn every fight into a wrestling match.

Brenneman has very poor striking skills that are not aided by his delicate chin, but fortunately for him he does possess outstanding wrestling ability. Charlie is a Division I wrestler and is the owner of both a powerful and fairly quick double leg takedown.

Charlie’s style has no subtlety about it and everyone is clear what he will be looking to do when he steps into the cage. With so-so punching power, a weak chin and wild striking, Brenneman would not even be able to compete in the UFC without his excellent wrestling.

“The Spaniard” has been able to outwrestle Johny Hendricks and Rick Story and even somebody who isn’t knowledgeable of wrestling or grappling can see that Brenneman is a powerhouse in the wrestling department.

On the ground, Charlie is a bit too passive but nonetheless effective. Brenneman has a smothering and grinding top game that revolves around putting himself in a safe position and slowly chipping away at his opponent. While it is quite boring to be honest, Brenneman has never been submitted and his opponents are rarely able to get back to their feet after being taken down.

Brenneman is not half bad at advancing his position on the ground, but is not really aggressive with his ground and pound and lacks submission ability as well. Fortunately, he has a large gas tank that allows him to battle to keep top position for three straight rounds without tiring badly.

Daniel Roberts is also coming into this contest off a loss, having been manhandled by Rich Attonito at UFC Live 4.

Roberts looked good for the first minute or two, but things quickly went downhill as he was taken down and battered throughout the fight. Roberts was nearly stopped in the third round when, badly fatigued, he was caught with a head kick and dropped to the floor. He was able to survive but lost a clear unanimous decision.

“Ninja” has lost his last two fights (Attonito, and before that, Claude Patrick) and his flaws have been exposed in his recent outings.

Daniel is a Purple Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu but fights quite poorly off his back. Far too often, the best Roberts can manage when put on his back is escaping back into the guard position, but rarely more than that.

Roberts is also a sub-par wrestler and I have been unimpressed with his takedown ability in his UFC career. Daniel was an NAIA All-American wrestler, but in MMA his takedowns seem somewhat sloppy and not entirely powerful.

Oddly enough, “Ninja” is actually a pretty decent striker when he is fresh. Roberts utilizes head kicks nicely and his technical skills are not too bad early in the fight.

Unfortunately Daniel Roberts has horrible conditioning that has cost him a victory multiple times. Roberts usually only has a few minutes of stamina - at best, one round - and when he gets tired, he fights very badly. Daniel throws wild punches on the feet, has pathetic takedown attempts and does virtually nothing off of his back, unless you count getting punched in the face.

Quite frankly I think this is an excellent match up for Charlie Brenneman, and one that he should be able to easily take advantage of. Brenneman has a style that poses serious problems to Roberts and I highly doubt that Daniel will be able to handle the wrestling and top control of Charlie.

“The Spaniard” is a relentless takedown fighter with an impressive gas tank who fights outstandingly from top position. Roberts is a poorly conditioned grappler who fights badly off his back and has been unable to submit opponents that seem below his level in grappling skill. I think you can put the pieces together on this one.

I doubt Brenneman stops Roberts unless he really lets his hands go, but I have the utmost confidence in “The Spaniard”, his wrestling ability, and most importantly, his conditioning.

Krakrabbit: 5.60 Units On Brenneman {-280}
Boxeo: 2.80 Units On Brenneman {-280}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.80 Units On Brenneman {-280}
D3: 2.80 Units On Brenneman {-280}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 142 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 142, MMA fans will be treated to a featherweight title fight when the champion Jose “Scarface” Aldo, (20-1, 12KO’s, 2 Submissions) faces off with undefeated Chad “Money” Mendes, (11-0, 2KO’s, 2 Submissions) from the HSBC Arena, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Aldo opened the contest as the betting favorite and money has primarily been coming in on the champion, moving Aldo’s line to -240 while the challenger Mendes sits at +200.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -165, and the Won’t Go at +135. Aldo ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +180, while Aldo by decision will reward you with +156. Mendes ITD hits the mark at +850, and Mendes by decision lands at +304. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6000.

The 145-pound champion Aldo is almost exactly three months removed from another successful title defense, this time coming over the well-known Kenny Florian.

Jose Aldo was forced to use his takedown defense throughout the fight as Florian pushed for takedowns over the 5 round distance, but Aldo was able to stifle the challenger and win a clear unanimous decision.

“Scarface” has been on a tear since suffering his the only loss of his career all the way back in 2005 and has won his past 13 professional bouts. Aldo was also a perfect 8-0 in the WEC (including being a title holder) and is currently 2-0 when fighting under the UFC banner.

Aldo’s popularity continues to grow and he has made a reputation for himself as an exciting fighter who often ends the night early. In spite of his last two fights going the full five round distance, I do think he deserves that reputation.

Jose’s style consists of nearly entirely striking but he is exceptional at what he does. Aldo is essentially a Muay Thai fighter who excels not only in strikes, but also possesses very powerful kicks. Aldo has become renowned for his quick hand speed, devastating knockout power and an aggressive style that has earned him a multitude of big knockouts.

Jose is technically pretty sound for the most part, although he can occasionally let fly some haymakers when he has his opponent hurt or up against the cage. As far as his kicks go, Aldo’s timing and sense of distance is quite impressive as he has displayed time and time again.

He is shockingly effective with his spinning back kicks and flying knees. On the more traditional side of things, Aldo is also known for his sharp leg kicks. Jose crippled Urijah Faber with leg kicks, and whenever possible he often uses them as a strong and fairly consistent weapon.

The only time Aldo will not let his kicks go consistently is when he is in fear of the takedown, which brings me to my next note. As with most strikers, Jose has been trained to defend against takedowns and keep the fight on the feet and fortunately for Aldo he has been able to do just throughout his career (for the most part).

Jose has very solid balance and takedown defense and even though he sometimes wobbles around and struggles to defend against incoming attacks, the fact of the matter is that Aldo is very rarely taken down. The only time he was driven to the floor and kept there was in the final round of his fight against Mark Hominick, when he was battered for the majority of the round whilst fighting off his back.

Of course, there is video evidence (or should I say, was, evidence, since the videos were mostly taken off the web) that Jose struggled immensely with his weight cut in preparation of that fight. Aldo has had trouble making 145 pounds in the past and a move up in weight is inevitable, although for the time being he has looked pretty good at featherweight (aside from the Hominick fight).

Jose is also a Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and trains out of the Nova Uniao camp, a place full of experienced Jiu-Jitsu specialists. Unfortunately I cannot help but question how good he really is on the ground, considering the beating he took from Hominick and the lack of mat time during his MMA bouts.

Chad “Money” Mendes is also coming into this contest off a dominant win, having outpointed Rani Yahya with ease at UFC 133. Mendes, as per the norm, took Yahya down at will but rarely engaged in extended grappling battles with Yahya. In a boring affair, Mendes won a shutout unanimous decision.

As you can see from his record, stoppages are not a likely occurrence in a “Money” Mendes fight and the young fighter has fought 26 rounds as a professional throughout his ten total bouts. That means that he fights an average of 2.6 rounds per fight, which is essentially going the distance the vast majority of the time (as if his seven decision wins weren’t a dead giveaway).

Chad is a highly accomplished wrestler and has been in that sport for many years. An All-American and an NCAA Division I competitor, despite his ordinary overall record while wrestling in college (64-14), Mendes has shown that he eventually developed into a very powerful wrestler (he was very successful in his senior year).

Mendes is now a part of Team Alpha Male and trains consistently with other star MMA fighters like Joseph Benavidez and Urijah Faber. In the years since joining up with the team I have seen significant improvement in practically every facet of his game, and at this point of his career he is getting to be fairly well rounded.

“Money” is first and foremost a wrestler, but he is a very good one and is rarely even challenged in the wrestling department. Chad has a quick and powerful double leg that he is able to attempt from practically any position at any time, and his top control, naturally, is quite impressive.

Chad has only been fighting professional for about three years but his grappling skills are looking to be pretty high level. Aided by his wrestling experience, Mendes has become a force from the top position that is very rarely threatened by submissions and is almost never swept.

Mendes has a bad habit of slowing down the pace of a fight and letting himself become complacent from top position, but he is a very athletic fighter who, when he wants to, can pass guard or drop ground and pound at a surprisingly quick speed.

On the feet Chad has taken much more time to develop but has been looking decently in his most recent outings. He handled Michihiro Omigawa on the feet easily, even dropping the Japanese fighter with a right hand. He also outstruck Rani Yahya, although he was extremely passive in that bout and mixed in more takedowns then he did against Omigawa (not to mention the fact that Yahya is a poor striker).

Mendes’ defense is still a bit of a question mark, but his technical skills have gotten better and he looked good mixing in leg kicks when battling Omigawa. It goes without saying though that Mendes is most confortable on the ground, and if he feels threatened on the feet at all he will relentlessly shoot for takedowns.

In fact, that is exactly what I expect him to do in this fight with the featherweight title on the line. Chad Mendes is a smart fighter inside the cage and knows that he does not have a hope of outstriking the phenom Jose Aldo.

Mendes will be looking to shoot earlier rather than later, and I wouldn’t be surprised to see him driving for takedowns within the first 30 seconds of the fight. I highly doubt Chad will take the chance of hanging around on the feet with Aldo, even if he is initially unsuccessful with his takedown attempts.

The gameplans for both fighters are painfully obvious; as everyone knows Aldo has the edge on the feet while Mendes is the better wrestler. This match up feels like a classic “striker vs. wrestler” fight, and in this instance I think Mendes has a great shot of taking the belt from Aldo.

Jose Aldo struggled against the relentless onslaught of takedowns from Kenny Florian and was pinned up against the cage a bit too often for my liking. Not to mention the battering he took after being thrown down by Mark Hominick in the 5th round of their fight.

Aldo has only been taken down and held on the floor a handful of times in his career, but I think he is facing an entirely different beast on Saturday in Chad Mendes. Mendes is without a doubt the best wrestler he has ever faced, and his top control is more smothering then anyone Aldo has ever encountered.

While it is clear that Aldo has a big advantage in any striking exchanges, I would be shocked to see Mendes do anything but shoot in for takedowns or drive Aldo to the cage and pin him there. I do not see Chad fighting foolishly enough to try to outstrike Aldo, nor do I expect him to forget about his wrestling if he fails some initial attempts.

As good as Aldo’s takedown defense is, I think he is going to have a very tough time with Mendes here. I wouldn’t put it past Chad to hold Aldo up against the cage for five straight rounds, and if Mendes is able to get “Scarface” to the ground I doubt Jose will be able to get back to his feet.

It will not be easy, especially in Brazil where the crowd will be entirely with Aldo, but I wouldn’t rule out Chad Mendes winning a decision. I doubt he has enough power or would take the risks necessary to stop Aldo, even on the ground, but he has the tenacity and wrestling skill to wear Aldo out and win rounds.

A win for Mendes won’t be brought on by anything but pure wrestling, but I think he has the ability and, very importantly, the gas tank to push a strong pace for five rounds. I suspect Mendes will fight much like Florian did, but I am confident that Chad will have a bit more success with his takedown attempts.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Mendes By Decision {+304}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Won’t Go 5 Rounds {+135}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 142 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 142, MMA fans will be treated to a middleweight fight when Vitor “The Phenom” Belfort, (20-9, 14KO’s, 2 Submissions) faces off with Anthony “Rumble” Johnson, (10-3, 7KO’s) from the HSBC Arena, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Belfort opened the contest as the small betting favorite but since the lines have opened both fighters have been getting back and forth action but recently a load of cash has been coming in on Johnson. Currently you can get Belfort at the underdog line of around +105 and Johnson at -125.

The popular fighter Vitor Belfort is fresh off a successful comeback win over Yoshihiro Akiyama almost exactly five months ago. Belfort came in and battered the Japanese fighter, stopping him in less than two minutes.

The victory meant a lot for Belfort, as he came into that fight having beaten Hepatitis A and losing his last fight in a highlight reel knockout loss to Anderson Silva. Belfort looked quite solid in that fight, displaying his speed advantage and punching power that made him a star throughout his career.

“The Phenom” has actually won six of his last seven fights and is still a star in the UFC’s middleweight division. In fact, he was recently cast as a coach for The Ultimate Fighter Brazil alongside fellow legend Wanderlei Silva.

Belfort’s style and the history of his career is something that fight fans are very familiar with, and his rollercoaster ride of a professional career has been well documented for years. An inconsistency surrounds “The Phenom” these days and most people have no idea which Belfort will show up when he steps into the cage.

Although he has been looking pretty good in his most recent UFC stint, Belfort is infamous for his ability to lose fights he was supposed to win, and occasionally put on fantastic performances against high level opposition as well.

At 34 years old though, I think Vitor has settled down a bit and seems to be a much more consistent fighter these days. His style has remained mostly unchanged though, and his skillset is as good as it ever was.

Belfort is a fighter who possesses natural striking talents, with quick hands and big punching power in both hands (particularly his left from the southpaw stance though). Vitor’s technical skills are quite solid actually and his reputation as a deadly striker is justified.

Vitor’s chin is also very durable and he has been able to hang with a number of powerful fighters on the feet throughout his long career.

In addition to his boxing skills, Belfort is also a fine grappler who holds a Black Belt in both Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and Judo (although his Judo skills are never seen).

Belfort is a pretty decent wrestler (underrated) and his ground skills are also underappreciated, likely due to his abysmal two submission wins in his career. Vitor has competed strongly at the ADCC championships and although he rarely uses his Jiu-Jitsu skills, they are deceivingly impressive.

Really, Vitor’s biggest flaws thus far in his career has been his conditioning. At essentially any weight, Belfort has only had stamina for about a round, maybe two, before severely fatiguing. Belfort’s lack of strong conditioning has been exploited in the past, and a look at his record will reveal that 14 of his 20 victories have come within one round, and 16 of those wins have come within two rounds.

While big news was recently unveiled regarding Vitor Belfort (his spot on The Ultimate Fighter), Anthony Johnson has also made a big move in his career by making his debut at 185 pounds this Saturday.

This will be Johnson’s first fight in the middleweight division after spending years cutting upwards of 50 pounds to make the welterweight limit. His most recent bout was contested at 170-pounds against Charlie Brenneman in a fight that Johnson won via knockout in the very first round.

Like Belfort, “Rumble” has been plagued with stamina issues and has been widely regarded as only having a single round of being “fresh” inside the cage. After that point, Johnson usually relied on his wrestling and strength to lie on opponents from top control.

For this bout, however, I believe we will be seeing a much improved version of Anthony Johnson.

Even at welterweight, Johnson was a force to be reckoned with (for one round anyway) and is quite a well-rounded fighter. Anthony is a very talented kickboxer with devastating kicks, very fast hands and massive punching power.

Johnson’s striking is very impressive and for the first five minutes, Johnson had the ability to outstrike most fighters in the division. As well as that, Anthony is a strong wrestler who, despite lacking overly notable credentials, wrestles very well.

“Rumble” has a smothering top game that usually consists of taking an opponent down and laying on them while using as little offense as possible. But at this weight I wouldn’t be surprised to see a more aggressive top game from Johnson, although that is not exactly a tough task to accomplish considering his inactivity on the ground at welterweight.

Unfortunately, Johnson fights very poorly off his back though. As he has shown multiple times, when Johnson is outwrestled and put on his back he fairs very badly and is often submitted. His submission losses can very heavily be attributed to his horrible conditioning though, as he was forced to tap out both times in the second round...after badly fatiguing.

Of course, Anthony could be an entirely different beast on Saturday when he fights Vitor Belfort, due to the amount of weight, or lack thereof, he needed to cut for his debut in Brazil.

“Rumble” weighed in at an absurd 197 pounds, and did not show any surprise when the scales were read. Clearly, judging by his expression at the weigh ins and how far overweight he was, Johnson had the plan of coming in overweight the whole time.

Anthony looked fantastic at the weigh in and while he will not be allowed to weigh in higher than 205 pounds tomorrow, I doubt that will hurt him at all. Johnson was already going to be the bigger fighter even cutting down to 185 pounds, but at 197-205 pounds, Johnson is quite literally a weight class bigger than his opponent.

Johnson is the faster striker in this match up and I think he has the edge in punching power over Belfort, and with his lack of a weight cut I would be shocked to see anything less than a fast, hard hitting, well-conditioned wrecking ball walk into the Octagon.

Clearly “The Phenom” is the better grappler but Johnson will have a large size, speed, strength and wrestling advantage on Saturday night. Not only that, but as I mentioned I expect Johnson have very good conditioning in this fight, and I think Johnson will clearly have a stamina edge in this fight.

That being said, I think that even though Johnson’s kicks are great weapons to him, he is the worse boxer. Vitor has been using his hands on the feet successfully for years, and Johnson’s pure boxing ability (as in, when he’s not throwing kicks) is not on par with Belfort’s.

The betting odds for this fight as close for a reason, considering both fighters are strong, fast, strikers but I think Johnson has more to fall back on then Belfort does.

If the going gets tough, Johnson has the ability to turn this into a dirty fight by clinching Belfort and bullying him, or taking him down and utilizing the “lay and pray” that he has become quite adept at. The same cannot be said for Belfort, as I doubt he will be able to take Johnson down and is the weaker fighter in any clinching affairs.

There is a chance Johnson gets knocked out in this fight and if Belfort is able to keep this fight on the feet, he probably has the advantage, but the sheer size and strength of Johnson will be monumental in this match up.

I would be surprised to see Johnson engage in a striking affair with Belfort for any seriously extended amount of time. He was unwilling to do so against Dan Hardy, and Belfort is both faster and stronger then Hardy will ever be, but I do expect Johnson to push a hard pace and use his wrestling very well on Saturday night.

While Belfort is a strong puncher himself, as crazy as it may sound I actually think Belfort has his best shot to win this fight with his superior grappling. Fortunately for Johnson I highly doubt Belfort will be able to take Johnson down, and in order for him to pull out a submission Vitor would likely have to work off his back.

I liked Johnson’s chances here to pull out an upset in his middleweight debut, but since he didn’t even try to make the 185 pound limit, instead coming in at a whopping 197 for this fight (he is essentially going to be a light heavyweight tomorrow against Belfort) I like him even more! I wouldn’t be surprised to witness one of the best performances of Johnson’s career, against the best opponent of his career.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Johnson {+135}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Johnson {+135}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Johnson {+135}
D3: 2.00 Units On Johnson {+135}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 142 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 142, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when exciting Edson Barboza, (9-0, 6KO’s, 1 Submission) faces off with Terry Etim, (15-3, 2KO’s, 12 Submissions) from the HSBC Arena, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Barboza opened the contest as the betting favorite but since the lines have opened Barboza has been getting all of the money, knocking his line up to -260 with Etim sitting at +220.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +100, and the Won’t Go at -140. Barboza ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +139, and Barboza by decision will reward you with +178. Etim ITD hits the mark at +426, and Etim by decision lands at +600. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6500.

The fast rising lightweight Barboza is only about four months removed from a pretty big win in his career, a split decision victory over Ross Pearson is a deceivingly clear contest. Pearson put together his best effort, but was unable to handle Barboza’s counters and accurate shots over the course of the fight.

Edson is unbeaten thus far in his career and his last two wins have been over very respectable opponents in Ross Pearson and, in early 2011, Anthony Njokuani, both of whom were defeated by decision.

Barboza is a solid 3-0 in the UFC so far and despite two of those fights hitting the judges’ scorecards, Edson is still getting a reputation as a feared striker. The Brazilian is indeed a very talented striker and is actually quite exceptional on the feet.

Edson is a Muay Thai practitioner who is pretty strong in the clinch, but is also shockingly accurate and technical with his strikes. Barboza is one of the most technical strikers in the UFC today, and he has shown that throughout his stint in the organization.

In addition to his technically sound striking, Barboza’s Muay Thai has also added a deadly array of kicks to his arsenal. Edson’s kicks, no matter what kind they are (spinning, leg kicks, head kicks, etc.) are very sharp and come at a quick speed. Barboza can occasionally neglect his kicks in a fight but when he feels like using them, they are a very powerful weapon and rangefinder.

Oddly enough, Barboza has a bad habit of getting a little inactive during a fight though. He can go stretches of time just waiting around and letting his opponent miss, but turn on the heat in an instant. It can be slightly infuriating watching Barboza move around without getting hit but firing nothing in return, and I believe that even though he dominated Ross Pearson, his inactivity is what caused the fight to be called a split decision rather a unanimous one.

Barboza is also a decent wrestler from what I have seen and while he rarely shoots for takedowns, it does appear that he at least knows how to shoot. He doesn’t put himself into Guillotines (a common mistake) and he “turns the corner” pretty well. Of course, as I mentioned he rarely utilizes that skill.

On the ground, Barboza also owns a Purple Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and has never been submitted, although the true extent of his Jiu-Jitsu skills has yet to be seen. He has only won one fight via submission, and if anything I would make an educated guess and suggest he is decent from top control but fights terribly off his back.

Fortunately Edson Barboza’s takedown defense has looked pretty solid against his limited opposition, and he was able to stuff the takedown attempts of Mike Lullo and Ross Pearson with ease.

Terry Etim is also coming into this fight off a win, a 17 second victory over Edward Faaloloto. Although Faaloloto does hold a negative record as a professional and has lost his last three fights, the submission win was very quick and just the kind of fight Etim needed after losing to Rafael Dos Anjos in early 2010.

Some would say that the quick ending will only hurt Etim though, as it was his first fight in over a year and a half. Etim has been inactive recently due to a rib injury that took him out of action for over a year and has only fought twice in the past 26 months.

When he is inside the cage though, Etim has displayed a wide skillset that I am personally quite impressed with. The English fighter started his career as a strong grappler but has branched out in the past few years and developed into an excellent striker.

Etim’s jab is a commonly used weapon for him on the feet, and it has both length and snap behind it. Etim uses his height very well on the outside with probing, albeit fairly weak punches and Terry is also a strong fighter in the clinch.

On the ground Terry has submitted fighters such as Matt Grice, Justin Buchholz and Shannon Gugerty and holds a Blue Belt in Lute Livre (an art that grappling specialist Rousimar Palhares is a Black Belt in).

Etim’s grappling is very strong from top position or in a “sprawl” position and with his Guillotines as well, but unfortunately a flaw has been exposed in his game a few times already: his takedown defense and his bottom game!

Terry is a force when put on top of an opponent, but he has very poor takedown defense and if he is unable to latch onto a Guillotine on the way down, he is typically beaten up when put on his back. Gleison Tibau, Rich Clementi and Rafael Dos Anjos all defeated Etim with ease when they used their wrestling, and Dos Anjos (a BJJ Black Belt) actually submitted Etim.

Terry Etim is a very solid fighter who is talented both on the feet and on the ground, but I think he is just a little step behind Edson Barboza.

I feel Barboza is the faster, more explosive striker on the feet and is a bit more diverse with his kicks then Etim is. Although Barboza will be giving up a bit of reach against Etim I wouldn’t be surprised to see his kicks and flurries find their home against the English fighter.

Also, I think overlooking Etim’s lack of takedown defense is a mistake in this contest. Barboza could be more than a pure striker if he wanted to and is decent wrestling combined with his top game should be sufficient to avoid getting caught in any submissions.

Edson very likely can take this fight to the ground whenever he chooses, and I think the occasional takedown from him would do wonders in this fight, especially to impress the judges.

I don’t think Barboza is a “lock” and that counting Etim out completely would be foolish, but I highly doubt Terry Etim will be able to pull out the win in Brazil. Barboza will have the entire arena on his side on Saturday, and I think he is the better wrestler and striker of the two anyway.

Etim’s best shot to win is likely by submission, but I suspect he can only accomplish that by taking Barboza down, which I do not see happening. I expect Barboza to use his quick hands and feet to pick apart Etim, and perhaps the occasional takedown, en route to a decision victory in his home country of Brazil.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Barboza By Decision {+190}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Etim By Submission {+625}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Barboza By Decision {+190}
D3: 1.50 Units On Barboza By Decision {+190}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 142 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 142 we are treated to a middleweight bout between Rousimar "Toquinho" Palhares, (13-3, 1KO’s, 9 Submissions) and Mike Massenzio, (12-5, 2KO’s, 6 Submissions) live from the HSBC Arena, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Palhares has been installed as the betting favorite and since the opening lines money has been flowing in continuously on the favorite. Palhares currently sits at around –475. Massenzio backers will get +380 odds.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +235 and the Won’t Go at -295. Palhares ITD (Inside The Distance) will get you -190, while Palhares by decision will get you +385. Massenzio ITD hits the mark at +696, and Massenzio by decision lands at +720. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +8500.

Rousimar Palhares is about five months removed from a confusing fight with Dan Miller at UFC 134. Palhares controlled the fight for the most part with his wrestling and a surprisingly solid striking game, and in the first round rocked and dropped Miller with punches.

Palhares unleashed a few shots on his injured opponent then abruptly stopped and began celebrating his victory, even jumping onto the cage wall. Unfortunately, the referee never stopped the fight and Palhares was forced to restart his battle with Miller.

Rousimar went on to win a unanimous decision, but if you follow Palhares you know that this was not the first time “Toquinho” has been the center of attention in a fight.

Palhares was criticized for severely injuring Tomasz Drwal’s leg when he did not stop cranking a submission after the referee beckoned him to stop. As you probably already know he also accused Nate Marquardt of greasing up his legs before their fight, only to be knocked out while complaining in the middle of the round.

Despite his lapses of judgment mid-fight though, Rousimar Palhares has shown the potential to be a serious threat to many fighters. “Toquinho” is a Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and has outgrappled and submitted other Black Belts in the past such as Ivan Salaverry, Lucio Linhares and Dave Branch, which is quite an accomplishment.

Aside from just being a typical high level grappler though, Palhares has made a name and a career for himself by being particularly adept with leg locks of every kind. Ankle Locks, Kneebars and pretty much anything else that can rip a leg apart Palhares excels at using them.

Rousimar is exceptionally gifted at sinking in leg locks though, and has become a master of them. When he grabs a hold of somebody’s leg, he rarely lets go and constantly works for an angle that will give him the tap that he desires.

At first glance he is one dimensional in that sense; since he will take any opportunity he can (in the clinch, from top position, from his back, in a scramble) to latch onto a leg, but while Palhares’ preferred submission is a leg lock of some sort I think he is much more well-rounded then it appears.

Palhares submitted Ivan Salaverry with an Armbar from back control, and is a very solid sport Jiu-Jitsu competitor as well (he recently took the Silver medal at the ADCC grappling competition). Not only that but he has not been submitted in a competition in quite a while, and never in an MMA match.

As with many grapplers though, Rousimar has had a tough time developing his striking skills. Palhares is a very stocky and fairly short (for his weight class) fighter and as such has only a 71’ inch reach, which is quite short.

Rousimar’s technical skills are not terrible and his right hand actually comes at an angle that makes him pretty successful with it, but he has trouble closing the distance. More often than not, Palhares relies on his wrestling and grappling to win his fights.

On the note of wrestling though, “Toquinho” is a surprisingly powerful wrestler. He is a very strong fighter overall and that strength carries over into his wrestling as well. Although he is not a truly elite level wrestler, I have been very impressed with his takedowns inside the cage.

When he shoots for a takedown, he drives forward endlessly to get the fight to the ground and if need be will simply pick up and slam his opponent as well. For the most part, only the highest level of opposition has been able to avoid getting taken down by Palhares.

Unfortunately while Palhares is continually getting more well-rounded as an MMA fighter, his chin is very questionable. He was knocked down by Dan Milller in their fight (only seconds after the restart in the first round), and was knocked out cold by Nate Marquardt after only a few punches as well. Oddly enough, he went three rounds with Dan Henderson earlier in his career.

Mike Massenzio is also only a few months removed from a victory as he defeated Steve Cantwell by unanimous decision only about 90 days ago.

Massenzio has had a very up and down career as a professional and has been facing off with solid competition since early in his career. His win over Dan Miller in only his fifth fight looks good, but unfortunately his record is marred with multiple losses to less-then-elite fighters such as CB Dollaway and Krzysztof Soszynski.

Despite his unimpressive record in the UFC though, Massenzio has been able to remain in the UFC (for perhaps one last chance) and will be looking to bring himself to 4-3 in the organization on Saturday night.

Massenzio is a wrestler for the most part and that is what you see him doing most of the time inside the cage. Mike has been wrestling for many years and his takedown are what he has the most success with.

In spite of his experience in wrestling I am unimpressed with his takedowns though and I believe Rousimar actually holds the edge in the wrestling department. Mike’s double leg takedown can be quite sloppy at times, and when Massenzio (has had some issues with conditioning in the past) gets tired his wrestling ability essentially goes out the window.

Not only that, but Massenzio is a Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu, albeit a very lackluster one. Having been promoted five months ago by Paul Carnicella, Massenzio is a very new Black Belt but despite his shiny new ranking, I do not think he is a typical “Black Belt level” grappler.

Massenzio has been submitted twice already in his MMA career and seems to me to be more of a wrestler then a Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu practitioner on the ground, if you get what I mean. Most of the time he only uses top control and ground and pound on the mat and has only earned one submission win in the past four years (losing by submission twice during that time as well).

Quite frankly I consider this to be a very easy fight for the Brazilian. Rousimar has shown the ability to be a very solid wrestler in addition to a devastating and sneaky leg lock specialist, something that Massenzio has not quite accomplished.

Although Mike is a wrestler like Palhares, I think “Toquinho” the stronger fighter, better wrestler and vastly superior grappler. On the feet I feel Palhares may even have the edge there, considering Massenzio will not have a big reach advantage and Palhares’ striking is beginning to improve, whereas Massenzio is a very poor striker and always has been.

I fully expect another submission win for Rousimar in this contest. Palhares should be able to get this fight to the ground and dominate the fight from there, and even if he is forced to keep it standing I think he can keep Massenzio on his toes with his right hands and the threat of a takedown.

Most importantly during a striking affair though, I do not think Massenzio has the punching power necessary to knock Palhares out. He is not a good boxer as it is, but will likely be fighting cautiously due to Palhares’ attempts to use his acclaimed ground game.

It should not take long for Palhares to latch onto some kind of submission, probably a leg lock to be honest, and end the fight fairly early.

Krakrabbit: 3.80 Units On Palhares ITD {-190}
Boxeo: 13.00 Units On Palhares By Submission {-130}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.30 Units On Palhares By Submission {-130}
D3: 2.60 Units On Palhares By Submission {-130}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 142 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 142, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when Sam “Hands of Stone” Stout, (17-6-1, 9KO’s, 1 Submission) faces off with Thiago Tavares, (16-4-1, 2KO’s, 11 Submissions) from the HSBC Arena, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

The betting lines opened with nearly identical lines for both fighters but public money has been coming in on Tavares, moving him up to about -140 while the underdog Stout sits at around +115.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -160, and the Won’t Go at +120. Stout ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +364, while Stout by decision will reward you with you with +249. Tavares ITD hits the mark at +261, and Tavares by decision lands at +175. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6000.

Thiago Tavares is less than five months removed from a brilliant performance against Spencer Fisher that saw the Brazilian fighter dominate Fisher from start to finish, eventually ending the fight in the second round.

Tavares took Fisher down with ease from the beginning of the fight and was able to pound him out early in the second round, scoring only the second stoppage of his career. Thiago displayed his impressive grappling once again in that fight, and it was an excellent comeback fight after losing to Shane Roller earlier in 2011.

The Brazilian, as apparently most Brazilians are, is a practitioner of Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and also holds a Black Belt in the art. As a quick look at his record will tell you, Tavares has secured the majority of his wins by submission and has also been competing against surprisingly high level competition for years.

An 11-fight veteran of the UFC, Tavares has been in the cage with Tyson Griffin, Michihiro Omigawa, Matt Wiman, Kurt Pellegrino, Manny Gamburyan, Nik Lentz, Shane Roller and most recently Spencer Fisher. He holds a 6-4-1 in the organization, but has fared pretty well against high level fighters.

Thiago began his career as primarily a grappler who possessed great skills on the ground, even when fighting off of his back as well as the ability to end a fight with a submission from virtually any position. It didn’t take long before Thiago was getting recognized for his striking skills though, and even in defeat he looked like a much improved fighter against Matt Wiman.

Tavares has fairly quick hands, solid striking technique, and sharp kicks, and he is a deceivingly hard puncher as well. Thiago’s stand-up ability has been ever improving and at this point of his career his kickboxing is quite impressive.

Tavares also has an underrated wrestling game that complements his striking very well. His double leg takedown is decent and his clinch takedowns have also been getting better recently.

Unfortunately, despite all of that talent and skill, which continues to be refined, Thiago has one serious flaw that has led to his downfall twice: his chin! Tavares has a very weak chin that was cracked open by Matt Wiman and Shane Roller, both of whom are not regarded as heavy hitters (7 KO’s between the two fighters’ 24 total wins).

Tavares has decent defensive skills but does not have the chin to hold up to a flush shot, even if he is being tagged by a fairly light puncher. As evidenced by his grappling-focused match against Spencer Fisher, Tavares is also becoming self-conscious about his durability, and I doubt we will see him in any striking-heavy matches from here on out.

Sam “Hands of Stone” Stout lived up to his moniker seven months ago when he knocked out Yves Edwards cold with one punch in the very first round of their fight. It took Stout a couple minutes to get past Edwards’ superior technique, but it only took one punch to end the fight in a shocking manner.

Stout is a very experience fighter who has been a professional for nearly nine years and in his time in the UFC, Sam has fought a bevy of mid-level fighters and lightweight contenders.

A participant of The Ultimate Fighter 3, Stout has won his last two fights and is a fairly big name in the 155 pound weight class.

Sam is a striker and nothing else inside the cage, and most often, Stout uses his hands to attack his opponents. He will occasionally let fly some decent leg kicks, but you will almost never see him shooting for takedowns or working for submissions.

In a way, I liken him to Quinton “Rampage” Jackson in that he works tirelessly on his takedown defense and striking and hoping to avoid hitting the ground under most circumstances. Fortunately Stout is a solid striker though and has proven himself on the feet against a multitude of opponents ranging from wrestler to grapplers to fellow strikers.

Sam has only scored one knockout in his 11 UFC bouts, but is actually a deceivingly big puncher. Stout’s technical skills aren’t exactly world class, but he punches hard and when push comes to shove, is rarely ever outstruck.

Despite his somewhat reckless style, Stout has never been stopped though and that is due entirely to his granite chin. Apparently, not only are his hands made of stone but his chin is as well. Sam’s defense is not impressive at all but he has the capability to hold up to almost anything thrown at him and his fight with Jeremy Stephens is prove enough of that claim.

However, for his talents on the feet, Stout has shown a real vulnerability on the grappling side of things. Sam typically only loses when he gets outgrappled, and while his submission defense is respectable, Stout fights quite poorly off his back.

Stout does possess good takedown defense though and he has not been on the receiving end of a loss brought on by grappling since UFC 83 against Rich Clementi. In that time, Stout’s takedown defense has immensely improved and he is a satisfactory sprawl and brawler at this point of his career.

Quite frankly, I think this match up will come down entirely to Stout’s takedown defense. I have no doubt at all that Thiago Tavares will be looking to put Stout on his back, and to do so as quickly as possible.

Thiago may have the technical edge on the feet but doesn’t have a hope of surviving a clean blow from Stout. If “Hands of Stone” is able to defend against the initial takedown attempt of Tavares, I have high hopes for him being able to end the fight shortly thereafter.

Stout is not regarded as a huge puncher but it has been proven that it doesn’t take much to put Tavares to sleep, and I am confident that Sam has enough punching power to replicate the success of Shane Roller and Matt Wiman.

If Stout is taken down before getting letting his hands go, I doubt he will be able to get back to his feet and he would likely be submitted. As I mentioned though, if Stout can keep it on the feet he will be able to win this fight.

Even in hostile territory I have confidence in Sam’s takedown defense and his subsequent ability to land cleanly on Tavares. I don’t expect a distance fight in this one, and I suspect Stout will do enough to end the fight early, likely within the first round.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Stout ITD {+364}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Stout ITD {+364}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Wont Go 3 Rounds {+120}
D3: 1.50 Units On Wont Go 3 Rounds {+120}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce, MMA fans will be treated to a middleweight title fight when Luke Rockhold, (8-1, 1KO’s, 6 Submissions) faces off with Keith “The Dean of Mean” Jardine, (17-9-2, 8KO’s, 2 Submissions) from the Hard Rock Hotel and Casino, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Rockhold opened the contest as the significant betting favorite and his line has only moved up since opening, with Rockhold resting at –600 and Jardine sitting at +450.

Luke Rockhold will be defending his newly won title on Saturday night is looking to make the first successful defense of his belt against Keith Jardine. A little over three months ago Rockhold pulled out a fairly large upset against Ronaldo Souza, winning a slightly controversial decision over “Jacare”.

Rockhold and Souza elected to strike for the majority of the match up, with Rockhold using a variety of flashy kicks and flying attacks as his offense against Souza. “Jacare” on the other hand decided to use more technically sound boxing and the occasional takedown attempt against the challenger.

At the end of the night, Rockhold was, to the surprise of plenty of fans, declared the winner by unanimous decision. In fact, one judge even had the fight scored 50-45 in favor of Rockhold, a clearly ludicrous score to anyone who watched the fight unfold.

Despite the victory being marred somewhat by controversy, Rockhold has had a habit of being very successful in his MMA career. Since entering the Strikeforce organization after only two bouts as a professional, Luke has amassed a perfect 7-0 record with six of those wins coming by some form of stoppage.

Rockhold, who trains out of American Kickboxing Academy, has, up until recently, had most of his success on the ground. Although Rockhold has essentially defeated some opponents with his striking (knocking them down then submitting them), Luke was primarily regarded as a grappler.

A Brown Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu under Dave Camarillo, Rockhold is a very respectable grappler who has displayed an affinity to sinking in Rear Naked Chokes on the ground. Luke has not really pitted his BJJ skills against other high level grapplers (he opted to avoid any kind of grappling with Souza), but most of the time he is the vastly superior ground fighter.

In addition to his pure Jiu-Jitsu skills, Rockhold is also a fairly strong wrestler who has developed a decent double leg takedown and has been wrestling for many years. Luke is not a powerhouse wrestler but his shoots have looked pretty solid thus far.

On the feet is where Rockhold has been seeing the most improvement. Luke is a surprisingly tight striker on the feet and does not often swing wildly at his opposition. From the southpaw stance Rockhold has a decent right hook and an acceptable left hand, but is also working hard on developing his kicks as well.

He is not much of a clinch fighter, but Rockhold’s knees have been getting better and his kicks from the outside have been getting progressively more impressive over time as well.

Luke is also a harder puncher then his record suggests, although I do not consider him to be a big puncher. Adding to that, I question the durability of his chin. Souza managed to stun Rockhold in their fight but other than that I have yet to see Luke get caught cleanly on the feet, so there is really no telling how durable the champion is.

Keith Jardine is seven months removed from a tough fight himself, having fought to a heavily disputed draw against Gegard Mousasi. Jardine was battered on the feet, hurt multiple times and nearly stopped but a point deduction complicated matters, and the fight was declared a majority draw with two judges scoring the fight 28-28.

“The Dean of Mean” is a fighter that most fight fans know very well at this point of his career. A very experienced veteran in the sport of MMA, Jardine has faced off with some of the best in the light heavyweight division, and even some in the heavyweight division.

However, Jardine has had very little real success and accomplished very little when under employment by the UFC. Going 6-7 during his stint in the UFC, with only three of those wins being notable, Jardine was cut from the organization after a four-fight losing streak.

Outside of the UFC, Jardine lost to Trevor Prangley by decision, beat two low-level fighters then had the draw with Mousasi.

Over the years Keith has gradually altered his style and now attempts to wrestle his opponents more than strike. Jardine was once known as an exciting striker with decent knockout power, but after his KO loss to Wanderlei Silva in 2008, Jardine has tried to do his best impression of a Division I wrestler against future opposition.

Keith now spends his time on the feet running around and trying to avoid any exchanges, essentially just waiting to secure a takedown. “The Dean of Mean” is a decent wrestler against low level competition, but against higher tier opponents Jardine is mostly stifled in his takedown attempts (with the exception of Mousasi, who basically has no takedown defense).

Jardine’s style change has made him much less exciting, but he can be credited with at least figuring out a way to avoid getting knocked out. Keith has been stopped five times and is cursed with a very weak chin in addition to less-then-stellar defensive skills on the feet.

On the ground is probably where Jardine is the most skilled in any way. A Black Belt in “Gaidojutsu” (a style invented by Greg Jackson that includes basic techniques from a number of martial arts), Jardine has displayed solid submission defense in his career and fairly decent takedown defense as well.

However, in this match up I think Keith Jardine to going to begin yet another losing streak. I see very little chance of Jardine outstriking Luke Rockhold, and I think it is painfully obvious that Rockhold has the advantages in both the wrestling and grappling departments of this contest.

Luke should be able to utilize his kicks alone to keep Jardine on his toes, and I do not think Jardine will be able to take Rockhold down at all in this fight. In fact, I think Rockhold will be able to take Jardine down and outgrapple him any time he wants.

Adding to all of that, Jardine will be moving down to the middleweight division for this fight. Jardine has never competed in the 185-pound division and at the age of 36 and having fought most of his career at 205-pounds, I doubt the additional weight cut will bode well for him.

I wouldn’t be surprised to see Rockhold stop Jardine at some point, by either knockout or submission. Luke’s conditioning and durability are a bit of a question mark right now, but I think he is still clearly a class above “The Dean of Mean”.

Krakrabbit: 4.15 Units On Rockhold {-415}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Jardine {+495}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 141 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on UFC 141, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight fight when Alistair “Demolition Man” Overeem, (35-11, 14KO’s, 19 Submissions) faces off with Brock Lesnar, (5-2, 2KO’s, 2 Submissions) from the MGM Grand Garden Arena, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Overeem opened the contest as the slight betting favorite but since the lines have opened there has been action on both sides. Overeem’s line stands at roughly -140 with Lesnar sitting at +115.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +1000, and the Won’t Go at -1750. Overeem ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -118, and Overeem by decision will reward you with +1600. Lesnar ITD hits the mark at +120, and Lesnar by decision lands at +2050. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8500.

Alistair Overeem has been continuing his reign of dominance outside the UFC and is on an 11-fight unbeaten streak dating back to 2007. As of six months ago, Overeem also avenged a prior defeat against Fabricio Werdum via unanimous decision.

Despite the win though, Overeem looked less than impressive in more ways than one. Not only was Overeem clearly scared to go to the ground with Werdum, Alistair’s tentativeness on the feet led to him being outstruck!

By some accounts, Werdum could have walked away with the victory as he outlanded Overeem fairly easily, but unfortunately he did not win rounds due to his lack of aggression. While Alistair was fighting very cautiously, Werdum continuously attempted to pulled guard in the fight, failing on the vast majority of those attempts.

Prior to that fight, Overeem demolished (get it?) most of his opposition and every one of the opponents on his 11-fight win streak (aside from Werdum and Paul Buentello) were stopped in the first round with either a submission or by knockout.

In fact, even when Overeem loses a fight, the contest still ends up ending in the first round. 13 of his last 15 fights have been halted in the very first round dating back over five years!

As you can see from his record, Alistair Overeem is a fighter who either finishes or gets finished. Having only gone to the scorecards five times in his entire 47-fight career, I think it is clear Overeem’s fights have a habit of ending early.

The “Demolition Man” is a feared striker on the feet and has grown to become a very powerful kickboxer. Overeem is slow in nearly every way, but the force of his attacks usually always ends up overwhelming his opponents. Alistair particularly excels at using the Muay Thai clinch and knees, and he has become quite well known for unleashing “Uberknees” inside the clinch.

While I am impressed with his mastery of Muay Thai, his punches are not as groundbreaking. As I mentioned, he is not a quick fighter and as far as his technique goes, he leaves a lot to be desired.

“Demolition Man” is an extremely strong fighter, but he can get a bit wild when throwing strikes. Not only that, but his defense has been a liability to him for a number of years now.

Most notable of all though, Overeem’s chin is quite fragile. Although attention is not too often drawn to it, likely because of his recent run of dominance, Alistair has been stopped many times (more than his professional record says, due to his matches in K-1) on the feet and his chin has been cracked wide open on multiple occasions.

On the ground, Alistair is a respectable grappler but is not quite the grappling wizard some fans make him out to be. He possesses a tight Guillotine but rarely submits high level opponents and is usually dominated on the ground if he battles a respected grappler, or is put on his back consistently.

Brock Lesnar is himself coming into this fight off a loss at the hands of Cain Velasquez that has been well publicized over the months. Lesnar was defeated by Velasquez in the first round, and soon after that fight began to battle diverticulitis once again.

It has been about fourteen months since Lesnar was last inside the Octagon and after a couple of surgeries, Lesnar claims that he feels the best he has felt in years. Nobody except Brock can be certain as to how he feels, but when he is at his best Lesnar is a force to be reckoned with.

Lesnar is first and foremost a wrestler, but he is an extremely powerful wrestler. A former Division I competitor, Brock’s double leg takedown has the capability of putting anyone on their back. In fact, Brock has taken down every one of his opponents, even Cain Velasquez (although Cain got back to his feet and knocked Lesnar out soon after being taken down).

Brock’s takedowns from virtually every position are insanely effective though, and over time Brock has become adept in takedowns from the clinch as well. His power during his takedown attempts is rarely stifled, and Velasquez is actually the only fighter to get up off his back easily after being taken down.

In addition to his wrestling skills, Brock Lesnar is a beast of a fighter from the top position. With deceivingly strong conditioning, Lesnar has outstanding ground and pound from the top. Brock’s massive size aids him on the ground, as he is both difficult to escape from on the ground and a very powerful opponent from top position as well.

Adding to all of that, Brock’s Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu skills are rapidly improving. Despite his very slight amount of experience in MMA, Lesnar has picked up BJJ very quickly. Obviously his size helps him immensely on the ground, but Lesnar’s speed, athleticism and power have made him quite deadly on the ground.

Aside from his ground and pound and positional control, Lesnar’s submission defense is very solid and as he showed in his fight with Shane Carwin, Brock is also working on offensive submissions as well.

Speaking of the Carwin fight, I think Lesnar’s flaws are the most easy to see when he competes. Brock is unmatched in his wrestling and top control, but his striking has yet to catch up to those stellar abilities.

Lesnar has quick hands and a fairly big punch, but his defense is easily exploited, as his recent opponents have shown (Carwin and Velasquez). Many fight fans also claim that he does not know how to take a punch, and I believe that to be true.

Lesnar reacts badly when hit cleanly and he often seems to panic and flop around when he gets tagged. That is not to say Brock doesn’t have a good chin, which seems to be made of pure granite, but Brock has not shown a great ability to react to when hit.

I think that this big matchup in the heavyweight division is extremely intriguing though, and despite what most believe, this is a closer match up then it may appear on paper. Looking at the fight, you would think that a strong striker like Overeem would destroy a comparably poor striker like Lesnar, but there is more to this fight then that.

I highly doubt Lesnar is going to come out and strike with Overeem, as he would be completely foolish to do such a thing. In fact, I wouldn’t be surprised to see Lesnar pull a “Velasquez”, and come out looking straight for the takedown.

The keys to victory for both fighters are clearly laid out in my opinion. Alistair Overeem will have the advantage on the feet, but has the weaker chin. Brock Lesnar will not be defeated on the ground and is more durable, but lacks the striking experience of “Demolition Man”.

I can’t say for certain how this fight will play out, and the betting odds are as close as they are for a reason, but I cannot help but think Lesnar has a great shot to pull off the upset.

I personally feel Lesnar can take Overeem down if he gets the chance to shoot, and I think Brock will batter Overeem if he can get the Dutch fighter on his back. If Lesnar strikes for an extended amount of time, I have little doubt the night will end early for him barring a one-punch bomb that breaks Overeem’s chin open (although that is possible).

If Lesnar gets him to the ground though, and I think he can, it should look like all of Lesnar’s other fights. Brock is too strong from top position and I think he will avoid any submissions from Overeem in addition to having the advantage in the stamina department.

Nobody should bet the house on any outcome in this bout, but I like Lesnar to walk through a couple of shots, get Overeem down and decimate him from top position. If Brock is able to avoid being knocked out in the first round, or, better yet, take Overeem down and work from there, I think Lesnar will be the much fresher fighter and his night will continue to get easier as time ticks away.

Krakrabbit: 2.00 Units On Lesnar {+160}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Lesnar {+160}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.18 Units On Overeem ITD {-118}
D3: 1.18 Units On Overeem ITD {-118}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 141 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on UFC 141, MMA fans will be treated to a welterweight fight when Jon Fitch, (23-3-1, 5KO’s, 5 Submissions) battles once beaten Johny Hendricks, (11-1, 6KO’s, 1 Submission) from the MGM Grand Garden Arena, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Fitch opened the contest as the betting favorite and his line has slowly moved up, with Fitch resting at –210 and Hendricks sitting at +180.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -325, and the Won’t Go at +250. Fitch ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +590, while Fitch by decision will cost you -145. Hendricks ITD hits the mark at +459, and Hendricks by decision lands at +418. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +5500.

Jon Fitch avoided defeat yet again eight months ago at UFC 127 when Fitch battled to a draw against BJ Penn. Fitch and Penn went straight after each other from the opening bell, turning the fight into a grappling and wrestling contest.

While Fitch did struggle a bit early on, he dominated the later portion of the fight and decimated Penn in the final round of the fight, doing enough to earn a 10-8 round by most accounts. The fight was declared a slightly controversial draw though, and unfortunately for Jon, the fight seemed to set him back even further from a title shot.

As everyone knows by now, Jon Fitch has been on a tear for a number of years, having amassed an incredible 21-1-1 record since beginning his professional career as 2-2, with the only loss in that time coming at the hands of Georges St. Pierre.

Fitch has fared extremely well against high level competition, but despite his success in recent fights (5-0-1 since losing to St. Pierre), Jon has not been allowed another shot at the champion. The reason for that appears to be due to his style, which, to many fight fans, is infamously boring.

Jon Fitch is first and foremost a wrestler who excels in getting his opponent to the ground and grinding them apart from top position. Fitch is exceedingly strong in the clinch with his takedowns, and his shoots from the outside are also rarely stifled.

Once Fitch gets his foe to the ground, fans begin to get restless though. Jon sets a pretty strong pace on the ground, throwing steady ground and pound and wearing out his opponents, but unfortunately he lacks punching power.

Jon has a seemingly endless gas tank and I do not think Fitch is as boring as his record may suggest, but truth lies in claims that Jon Fitch is the decision master, especially considering Fitch has not ended a fight in four and a half years.

There is no question that Fitch is one of the best wrestlers and top control fighters in the division though, and I think he is the second best wrestler at 170-pounds aside from “GSP” himself.

In addition to pure wrestling ability, Fitch is also a Black Belt in Guerrilla Jiu-Jitsu and is surprisingly adept at grappling. Although he does not submit people, Fitch has outstanding submission defense and is clearly versed when it comes to outgrappling his opponents.

As well as his ground skills, Fitch is also an underrated striker who has developed perfectly acceptable striking ability in recent years. At 6’0, Fitch possesses a height and reach advantage over most of his opposition and he uses that to the fullest.

Jon has a good jab that he consistently uses, and his long kicks and use of his reach make it difficult for his opponents to close the gap on the feet. Fitch is an even softer puncher on the feet but his lengthy stand-up has made him much more well-rounded as a fighter.

Adding to all of that, Fitch has a cast-iron chin that holds up to nearly everything. Having faced a number of big punchers, Jon has shown extreme durability that has aided him immensely when he struggles to get the fight to the ground.

Johny Hendricks is coming into this fight riding a two-fight win streak, having quickly stopped T.J. Waldburger and most recently won a slightly disputed split decision over Mike Pierce.

Hendricks is a fairly inexperienced fighter in terms of number of bouts, but has faced off with some solid opposition in his short career. Names like T.J. Grant, Charlie Brenneman, Rick Story and Mike Pierce dot his resume, all of whom are either solid grapplers or powerful wrestlers.

Johny is a powerful wrestler himself though, having amassed an impressive record in both high school and college wrestling, and is a Division I wrestler to boot. Hendricks’ double leg takedown is his bread and butter when it comes to wrestling, and it comes fast and strong at his opponents.

Oddly enough though, Johny prefers to strike with his adversaries and usually avoids wrestling if he can. Hendricks is a good striker though, and possesses both knockout power and fairly solid technical skills.

Johny has a powerful left hook and has displayed strong punching power throughout his career as well.

Hendricks is a well-rounded fighter with admirable wrestling credentials and tight striking skills, but again, oddly enough, Johny has trouble with strong grapplers/wrestlers.

As you can see from his record, Hendricks has been on both sides of razor close fights against strong wrestlers.

T.J. Grant nearly beat him on the scorecards (and some believe Grant did enough to win), Charlie Brenneman was outwrestling him before getting knocked out, Rick Story took him down time and time again en route to a decision victory, and Mike Pierce also had success with his wrestling, also nearly beating Hendricks (in another fight that plenty of fans think Pierce could have won).

Hendricks is a good offensive wrestler, but his takedown defense isn’t entirely fantastic and I think Jon Fitch is by far the best wrestler he has ever faced, not to mention the biggest.

Jon Fitch is going to come into this fight as the superior wrestler who also possesses a strength advantage and better overall grappling skills. Hendricks is likely regarded as the better striker in this match up, but I do not think it wise to discount Fitch’s ability to box in this fight.

Fitch is going to have roughly 5 inches in reach advantage, and is more skilled in fighting at range anyway. I would not be surprised to see Hendricks having difficulty getting close enough to Fitch to unleash his tight punches.

In any case though, I expect Jon to outwrestle Hendricks in this fight. Fitch should have no trouble throwing Hendricks to the ground either from the clinch or if Hendricks gets reckless and rushes in.

I highly doubt Fitch will be able to end the fight in any way, but I do have the utmost confidence in Jon Fitch to bring home another clear decision victory. If Jon wins by decision, as I fully expect, it will be the 10th decision win of Fitch’s UFC career.

Krakrabbit: 2.90 Units On Fitch By Decision {-145}
Boxeo: 7.25 Units On Fitch By Decision {-145}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.45 Units On Fitch By Decision {-145}
D3: 1.45 Units On Fitch By Decision {-145}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 141 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on UFC 141, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when Alexander “The Mauler” Gustafsson, (12-1, 8KOs, 3 Submissions) battles Vladimir "The Janitor" Matyushenko, (26-5, 9KO’s, 7 Submissions) from the Mandalay Bay Events Center, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Gustafsson opened the contest as the betting favorite but there has not been much action on either side since the lines opened aside from slight money on Gustafsson. Currently you can get Gustafsson at -340 and Matyushenko at +280.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +185, and the Will Go at -245. Gustafsson ITD (Inside The Distance) costs you -145, while Gustafsson by decision will reward you with +355. Matyushenko ITD hits the mark at +560, and Matyushenko by decision lands at +550. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8000.

Alexander Gustafsson is riding high these days after pulling out three consecutive victories over respectable opponents in Cyrille Diabate, James Te Huna and most recently Matt Hamill.

Gustafsson stopped all of those fighters, and his performance against Hamill was pretty decent as well. In fact, after Alexander blasted Hamill out in the second round, “The Hammer” hung up the gloves and retired.

Gustafsson has only tasted defeat once in his career, which came at the hands of Phil Davis early in 2010. “The Mauler” has no notable names on his resume outside of the UFC, but since joining up with the organization has, for the most part, been able to decimate the lower/middle tier of the 205 pound division.

Alexander holds a stoppage win over Jared Hamman in addition to Diabate, Te Huna and Hamill and will be looking to add another recognizable name to his victim’s list on Friday night.

Gustafsson has amassed quite a fan following over the course of his UFC career and is quickly rising through the ranks of the division. Alexander is a very well rounded fighter who has shown a large skillset in the limited number of his bouts as a professional.

“The Mauler” is primarily a striker inside the cage but does it very well, and possesses both solid technical skills and big punching power. Alexander has never really been beaten on the feet and over time has excelled at “sprawling and brawling”, since his solid striking skills often result in him fending off takedowns.

Gustafsson has very strong takedown defense and he is very rarely put on his back. Alexander is a strong fighter and defends against double leg takedowns particularly well. On a related note, Gustafsson is also a powerful offensive fighter when it comes to takedowns.

Alexander is not shy to throwing his opponents down from the clinch or with single leg takedowns and from top position is quite a force. Gustafsson has not shown any real vulnerability to getting caught in submissions, and his ground and pound and positional control on the ground are impressive.

“The Mauler” fights poorly on his back when somebody manages to put him there, but I can see that he is continuing to improve his ability to get back to his feet when taken down as well as his overall takedown ability. I have been impressed for the most part by Gustafsson though, and I think he has a ton of potential at the young age of 24.

Vladimir Matyushenko is also coming into this contest off a win streak and he has succeeded in two back to back fights. Eight months ago Matyushenko upset Jason Brilz by knockout in only 20 seconds of the very first round.

Vladimir is a name that is well known in the MMA community, and his resume speaks for itself. Numerous high profile fighters can be seen on Matyushenko’s record and Vladimir is immensely experienced when it comes to world class competition.

However, in recent years Matyushenko has left many fight fans wondering just how much he has in the tank. Although he was able to destroy Alexandre Ferreira and Jason Brilz in his past two outings, Vladimir has looked less than impressive against more threatening opposition. Even Eliot Marshall, who is no longer in the UFC, nearly defeated Matyushenko (Vladimir won via split decision), not to mention his demolition at the hands of Jon Jones.

“The Janitor” is a very experienced wrestler and MMA fighter but at the age of 40 I cannot help but think that he is at the tail end of his career. Matyushenko is still marred with issues that have troubled him for years such as his striking, which is quite poor, but is not as strong a wrestler as he once was.

Vladimir’s takedowns are not only less powerful, but they are slower and easier to defend than ever. I think at this point in his career, somebody like Phil Davis can easily be considered a superior wrestler, and even Matt Hamill could be regarded by some as more powerful.

I think this is Alexander Gustafsson’s fight to win on Friday night, and that he has most of the advantages coming into this contest. Undoubtedly it is a huge fight for his career, but I suspect Matyushenko is being “thrown to the dogs”, as some would say.

There is no chance of Vladimir outstriking Gustafsson in this fight, and for the old man to pull out victory he would need to put on an incredible wrestling performance that I do not think he is capable of anymore.

I expect Gustafsson to dominate this fight from the opening bell, and likely stop Matyushenko. Vladimir is a fairly durable fighter, but cannot compete in a kickboxing match and should be getting tagged for as long as the fight lasts.

Anything less than domination from Gustafsson would surprise me, and I think “The Mauler” has an easy fight ahead of him on Friday night against a game, but overmatched opponent.

Krakrabbit: 1.45 Units On Gustafsson ITD {-145}
Boxeo: 14.50 Units On Gustafsson ITD {-145}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.90 Units On Gustafsson ITD {-145}
D3: 2.90 Units On Gustafsson ITD {-145}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 141 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on UFC 141 we are treated to a featherweight bout between Diego “The Gun” Nunes, (16-2, 5KO’s, 6 Submissions) and rival Manny Gamburyan, (11-6, 2KO’s, 6 Submissions) live from the MGM Grand Garden Arena, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Nunes has been installed as the betting favorite and money has actually been coming in on Gamburyan since it the lines opened. Nunes currently sits at around –260 and Gamburyan comes in with the underdog money at around +215.

Hot off the heels of a close and slightly controversial fight with Kenny Florian, Diego Nunes is returning to action after six months away from the cage. Nunes lost a decision to Florian at UFC 131 in his most recent contest, but that outcome ended up arousing some controversy as to who deserved the “W” on their record.

Diego fought very well in the bout, knocking Florian down on several occasions over the course of the fight and stuffing a multitude of takedown attempts from “KenFlo”, but unfortunately succumbed to a couple of said takedowns in what apparently was the deciding factor in the fight.

The loss was only the second of Nunes’ career, and for the most part “The Gun” has been able to enjoy success within the WEC and UFC. Holding a 4-1 record in the WEC as well as a victory over Mike Thomas Brown in the UFC, Nunes has displayed impressive skills inside the cage on more than one occasion.

Diego is a very well rounded fighter who comes from the Nova Uniao school and often trains with friend Jose Aldo in addition to a large amount of Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu masters. Nunes takes more after Aldo then a Jiu-Jitsu fighter though, and his style revolves primarily around kickboxing.

“The Gun” has a large arsenal at his disposal inside the Octagon and uses them all constantly. Nunes is a very quick fighter with both his hands and feet, and on the same note likes to use more than simple punches when setting up his offense.

Diego is an excellent kickboxer who utilizes spinning back kicks, spinning back fists, front kicks, leg kicks, and pretty much anything he can inside the cage. Nunes is very skilled in mixing up his attacks, making him quite unpredictable.

Aside from that, Diego is also a surprisingly adept wrestler. Although he lacks formal wrestling credentials, Nunes possesses impressive takedown defense that he constantly uses when attempting to keep a fight on the feet. Diego has really only been defeated when he was outwrestled (by Florian and previously by LC Davis), but his takedown defense continues to improve.

On a related note, Nunes is also exceptionally skilled at getting back to his feet when taken down. His ability to stand up after being put on his back is a huge asset to him, and if Nunes cannot stuff a takedown it is rare to see him on the floor for any extended amount of time.

Offensive, Diego is not exactly a powerhouse with his takedowns but has shown the ability to take down opponents at unexpected times. Nunes’ speed seems to help him immensely when looking for takedowns, as he rarely shoots and when he does it comes at an unpredictable time while mixed in with his striking.

Manny Gamburyan is also coming into this contest off a defeat and has lost his last two fights, to Jose Aldo in the WEC and as of six months ago, Tyson Griffin in his UFC debut.

Gamburyan has had a very rocky career since making his professional debut in 1999 against Dan Henderson...that is, the 0-3 fighter Danny Henderson. Manny got a shot on The Ultimate Fighter 5 and did very well on the show, but was forced to submit to Nate Diaz in the finals after injuring his shoulder.

Since that loss, Gamburyan had marginal success inside the Octagon but did his best work more recently after moving down to 145 pounds. Upon moving down in weight, Manny defeated Leonard Garcia and Mike Thomas Brown with relative ease, earning him shot at the titleholder.

Unfortunately, he was knocked out by Jose Aldo in two rounds. Most recently Gamburyan faced off with Tyson Griffin and lost a decision.

“The Anvil” is an immensely experienced fighter considering he has only had 17 fights as a professional, and his resume is quite impressive. He has squared off with Sean Sherk, Jorge Santiago, Nate Diaz, Thiago Tavares, and others and usually always puts on a tough performance.

Gamburyan’s style revolves around the use of Judo and grappling for the most part, as you can see from his record. Having never been tapped out and earning most of his victories by submission; Gamburyan has displayed impressive ground skills time and time again.

Manny has amassed those skills by training in Judo for a number of years, and is currently a 3rd Dan Black Belt in Judo, not to mention being the cousin of fellow Judo practitioner Karo Parisyan. As well as that, Gamburyan trains at the famous Hayastan MMA gym under Gokor Chivichyan and Gene LeBell.

Gamburyan is a very solid grappler and while he is not a submission wizard, he clearly knows how to grapple on the ground. His submission defense is practically impenetrable, and his wrestling is not half bad either.

On that subject, Gamburyan also lacks impressive formal wrestling credentials like his opponent Nunes, but has a fairly strong power double (double leg takedown).

Manny is actually a pretty well rounded competitor, and his striking is not terrible either. He is a bit slow and his technical skills are not exactly world class, but he fared decently against Tyson Griffin, a respectable striker.

However, all things considered I feel this is a very favorable bout for the favorite Diego Nunes. Nunes is much quicker and is the more skilled striker by far and there is no question in my mind that “The Gun” will get the better of any exchanges on the feet.

The question remains though, if Manny Gamburyan will be able to outwrestle Nunes. I fully expect Gamburyan to shoot for takedowns in this fight, as he did so relentlessly against Griffin and Nunes is a more adept striker then Tyson Griffin will ever be.

I have confidence that Nunes will be able to avoid being put on his back though, and I suspect he will be very vigilant of the takedown over the course of this contest. I think it is unlikely that Diego stops Gamburyan, but it is nonetheless possible depending on how much success “The Anvil” has with his wrestling.

If Nunes is able to sprawl Gamburyan’s takedowns very consistently, as I expect, I can envision Diego battering Gamburyan for as long as the fight lasts (likely the full three round distance).

Krakrabbit: N/P
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Gamburyan {+290}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 141 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Friday night on UFC 141 we are treated to a lightweight bout between Jacob “Christmas” Volkmann, (13-2, 6 Submissions) and Efrain Escudero, (18-3, 1KO, 12 Submissions) live from the MGM Grand Garden Arena, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Volkmann has been installed as the betting favorite and his line has really only moved higher since it opened and sits at around –265 while Escudero comes in with the underdog money at +225.

Jacob Volkmann will be competing for the seventh time in the UFC on Friday night, and currently holds a fairly impressive 4-2 record in the organization. Most recently, Volkmann dominated Danny Castillo over three rounds, winning a unanimous decision.

Volkmann displayed his wrestling skills once again against Castillo, taking down “Last Call” multiple times and outgrappling him with ease. In fact, Volkmann nearly earned a submission win on several occasional over the course of the fight, sinking in very tight chokes from top position.

Jacob had a very rocky start in the UFC, losing his first two fights to Martin Kampmann and Paulo Thiago, but has since rocketed off four straight wins in moderately impressive fashion. Volkmann made the mistake of striking with Kampmann and Thiago, and was subsequently battered, but after those losses Jacob began to see the light and play to his strengths.

Volkmann is a very powerful wrestler with an excellent double leg takedown and is a former Division I competitor who also happens to train at the Minnesota Martial Arts Academy, a gym that is teeming with wrestlers.

Aside from his pure takedowns, Volkmann is also a very respectable submission fighter as well. Jacob is not a strong ground and pounder and does not set an extraordinarily strong pace on the ground, but is more than capable of sinking in submissions as soon as they present themselves.

His top control is smothering and combined with his sneaky submission ability, Volkmann has excellent overall skills from the top position.

Unfortunately, Volkmann’s striking has taken a long time to develop and is still very much a work in progress. Jacob is not quick, does not move agilely and lacks punching power, not to mention his weak chin.

Jacob was easily beaten on the feet by both Thiago and Kampmann, and I think even now it is clear that Volkmann is a poor striker. As evidenced by multiple fights in the past, “Christmas” is also the owner of a somewhat fragile chin.

Volkmann is a very good grappler and an excellent wrestler, but his striking has yet to catch up to his ground skills and it will be a long time before it happens .Jacob’s success since suffering the only two losses of his career speak for itself though, and when Volkmann chooses to wrestle he often performs very well.

Efrain Escudero is also a UFC veteran, but will be returning after over a year fighting in other organizations. Escudero amassed a 3-2 record during his stint in the UFC, but was cut after missing weight and losing to Charles Oliveira at UFC Fight Night 22 last year.

Since then, Escudero went a respectable 5-1, only losing to another UFC veteran Fabricio Camoes by unanimous decision.

Efrain Escudero is not that well known in the MMA community, despite the fact that he won The Ultimate Fighter 8, but is not a terrible fighter at all. Escudero has alright boxing skills technically but lacks power and can occasionally get a bit wild with his punches on the feet with he is looking to throw with power.

Escudero has essentially had the only success of his career by taking the fight to the ground, and is a pretty decent fighter from top control. However, in spite of his large amount of submission wins, Efrain is not a well-rounded grappler at all.

His ground and pound is less than impressive, and more importantly, Escudero fights quite badly when put on his back. Escudero’s takedown defense has been an issue for him in the past, and he also struggles very heavily when taken down.

In his desperation to get back to his feet Efrain often puts himself into bad positions and is not very shy to giving up his back in a fight either. Adding to that, Escudero’s submission defense is not entirely remarkable and he has been submitted twice in his three losses (once while in top control and once via Rear Naked Choke).

Efrain is not a bum, but he is not well rounded and lacks the striking skills, takedown defense or wrestling ability necessary to make him stand out in any one area.

I have the utmost confidence in Jacob “Christmas” Volkmann is this contest. Volkmann is by far the better wrestler and has taken punches from much bigger punchers then Escudero. Although I do not think Volkmann would be best suited to strike, I don’t consider Escudero to pose a huge threat on the feet as far as a knockout goes.

Jacob should be able to dominate this fight fairly easily with his wrestling and top control, wearing Escudero out. A stoppage win for Volkmann is pretty much out of the question, but I wouldn’t be shocked in the least bit to see “Christmas” finish the fight with a submission before the final bell.

Krakrabbit: 1.85 Units On Volkmann {-185}
Boxeo: 9.25 Units On Volkmann {-185}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.85 Units On Volkmann {-185}
D3: 1.85 Units On Volkmann {-185}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when Gegard “The Dreamcatcher” Mousasi, (31-3-2, 18KO’s, 10 Submissions) faces off with Ovince St. Preux, (11-4, 5KO’s, 3 Submissions) from the Valley View Casino Center, San Diego, California.

Mousasi opened the contest as the large betting favorite and his line has mostly only moved up since opening, with Mousasi resting at –320 and St. Preux sitting at +260.

Gegard Mousasi most recently competed in Strikeforce about eight months ago against Keith Jardine, in a fight that surprisingly ended up a draw. Mousasi dominated the fight from start to finish while stunning Jardine multiple times, but had a point deducted when he landed an illegal upkick on Jardine.

In the eyes of many, Gegard should have still won the fight (29-27, which is two rounds to one minus the point deduction), but unfortunately Mousasi was unable to secure the victory due to his poor takedown defense. Mousasi was taken down several times in the fight and despite getting back to his feet nearly instantaneously and outstriking Jardine with ease, those takedowns probably cost him victory.

Gegard’s takedown defense has caused him to suffer defeat in the past as well, and is a glaring flaw in his style. Mousasi’s most recent loss came at the hands of Muhammed “King Mo” Lawal, who took Mousasi down time after time and won a wide, but still slightly disputed, unanimous decision.

Fortunately, Mousasi is a man of many talents and is an exceptional fighter inside the cage despite his complete lack of takedown defense. Gegard is an outstanding striker with excellent technical skills, good defense and fairly big punching power in both hands, not to mention his very durable chin.

Mousasi has somewhat quick hands, but his kickboxing is usually far and ahead superior to his opponents. Gegard has even faced off with some of the best strikers both in MMA and kickboxing competitions.

In addition to his admirable striking skills, Mousasi is also a very strong ground fighter. Gegard is not a wrestling specialist, but can be crafty within the clinch with knees and punches as well as takedowns.

The Judo Black Belt knows how to grapple on the ground, and is adept from both top position and off his back. He can threaten with submissions off his back (although he usually prefers to just stand back up, a skill he excels at), but when Mousasi fights from top position he displays outstanding grappling ability.

From controlling his opponent’s position on the ground to unleashing devastating ground and pound and quick submissions, Mousasi is a serious threat when in top position.

Also, Mousasi has made a bit of a name for himself due to his activity off his back. Even if Gegard gets back to his feet within 10 seconds of getting taken down, he will always throw a few hard shots off his back. In his fight with “King Mo”, in which he was unable to continually get back to his feet, Mousasi outlanded Lawal on the ground with strikes off his back!

Ovince St. Preux is also coming into this fight off a win, having battered Strikeforce newcomer Joe Cason a little less than five months ago. St. Preux landed a big kick in the first round that stunned Cason and it didn’t take long for St. Preux to jump on his opponent with ground and pound, forcing a tap out due to strikes in only one minutes of action.

Despite his unimpressive record as a professional, Ovince is riding an eight fight win streak and is currently 4-0 in the Strikeforce organization. St. Preux has been fighting primarily on “Strikeforce Challengers” cards, but that does not mean he has been fighting complete tomato cans.

St. Preux’s resume is nothing special but considering his relative inexperience in the sport, his victories over Benji Radach and Ron “Abongo” Humphrey aren’t half bad.

Stylistically Ovince is a striker for the most part who rarely takes his opponents down, usually preferring to just have a slugfest. Unfortunately, St. Preux is a pretty poor striker inside the cage and has not shown any special ability on the feet.

At 6’3, Ovince has a solid reach advantage over a lot of his opponents, but his punches are simply not very good. By “not very good”, I mean that he is a sloppy striker with lackluster defensive skills.

St. Preux has found a bit of a home on the feet for his kicks, often to the head, but I consider him to be in the same class as say, Phil Davis (who is in the UFC’s 205-pound division), as far as his striking goes.

On the ground I am also forced to feel unimpressed. St. Preux throws hard ground and pound, but is not a very technical grappler and doesn’t have much ability in the way of submissions either. Ovince can often lose his position when attempting submissions, and he fights badly off his back as well.

I can’t say that Ovince St. Preux hasn’t improved since early in his career - because he most certainly has - but I don’t think he is in the same class as Gegard Mousasi.

“The Dreamcatcher” has proven himself against high level competition and is far superior to Ovince in every area. In my mind, there is no question that Mousasi is by far the better striker and will have no trouble outgrappling St. Preux on the ground either.

In order for St. Preux to win this fight, he would need to showcase position dominance from top control I just don’t think he is capable of. Mousasi is far too experienced to let somebody like Ovince lay on top of him for three rounds, and I think if St. Preux attempts to take this fight to the ground he may just walk into a submission.

I feel the need to make one last note though, regarding the chances of St. Preux getting submitted. I am sure there are those out there wondering why I suggest Ovince will be unable to “lay and pray” Mousasi in this fight, when Keith Jardine was able to secure a draw by getting battered on the feet but scoring a couple takedowns.

I remind those people that Keith Jardine has never been submitted in his MMA career and has displayed strong submission defense against a number of powerful grapplers. There is nothing to suggest that Ovince St. Preux has the ability to fend off Mousasi’s possible submission attempts, while at the same time controlling him from top control.

I expect this contest to end on the feet though. Gegard should be able to dominate the striking exchanges and likely score a stoppage before the final bell. At worst, Mousasi may stun St. Preux on the feet, forcing “OSP” to shoot for a takedown and walk into a submission. In any case, I see very little chance Ovince can continue his win streak on Saturday night.

Krakrabbit: 8.25 Units On Mousasi {-275}
Boxeo: 2.75 Units On Mousasi {-275}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie MMA

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when KJ “King” Noons, (10-4, 8KO’s) faces off with Billy Evangelista, (9-1, 4KO’s) from the Valley View Casino Center, San Diego, California.

Noons opened the contest as the betting favorite but money has been coming in slightly on both fighters since the lines opened, with Noons resting at –210 and Evangelista sitting at +170.

KJ Noons is coming into this fight looking to get back to his winning ways after losing two back to back fights at the hands of Nick Diaz in what ended up being a non-stop slugfest and most recently Jorge Masvidal.

Masvidal dominated Noons from start to finish, outstriking and stunning Noons in addition to taking Noons down multiple times in the fight. Noons lost that bout six months ago 30-27 on all three scorecards.

Prior to suffering these consecutive losses, Noons was doing quite well in the sport of MMA, having beaten Andre Amado, Conor Heun and Jorge Gurgel with ease in 2010.

“King” Noons is stylistically a very cut and dry fighter who comes in with essentially the same gameplan every time he steps into the cage: outstrike his opponent. Noons, who has competed in professional boxing, is a very good striker inside the cage and is rarely beaten on the feet.

KJ has somewhat quick hands, but more importantly is an explosive power puncher with impressive technical skills as well. Noons doesn’t do much in the way of boxing and moving, but is aggressive and puts on a strong pace.

Noons has big punching power, a solid gas tank and has also shown a durable chin as well, in spite of his fluke knockout loss to Charles Bennett. Some of the shots that Nick Diaz and Jorge Masvidal landed on Noons would have knocked out most others, and Noons was even able to stun Diaz multiple times in their second fight as well.

On the other end of things, Noons’ grappling is his biggest weakness. KJ relies heavily on sprawling his opponent’s takedown attempts over the course of a fight, and does not like getting into a grappling match with his opposition.

Fortunately, Noons has excellent takedown defense and his fight with Masvidal was one of the few times where he was taken down in a bout.

KJ is an underrated grappler, displaying good skills in getting back to his feet when taken down, but lacks any submission ability and really struggles and tires out when put on his back (as evidenced by his fight with Masvidal).

Billy Evangelista is also coming into this fight off a loss, coincidentally also at the hands of Jorge Masvidal. Evangelista’s loss to Masvidal was the first defeat of his career, and Billy was soundly defeated over the three rounds distance, also losing a clear unanimous decision.

Evangelista has not faced off with nearly as impressive competition as KJ Noons, but has put together some decent wins over opponents like Nam Phan and Jorge Gurgel.

Billy is a well-rounded fighter who, despite being adept in every area of the fight, does not do anything particularly well.

Evangelista likes to strike with his opponents, and he is fairly decent at it but there are a number of flaws in his striking. Billy throws somewhat technical strikes but is a poor defensive fighter and lacks punching power.

As far as grappling goes, Billy is a decent grappler as well but does not excel in that area either. Evangelista has lackluster takedown ability and has not displayed any outstanding skills on the ground with submissions or otherwise. In fact, Billy has yet to win a fight via submission in his professional career!

I honestly feel that this is a fight KJ Noons has most of the advantages in. Billy Evangelista likes to strike with his opponents, but will not be able to beat Noons on the feet and lacks the power to dent Noons’ chin as well.

If Billy chooses to try and take the fight to the ground, I think he will continuously fail in his takedown attempts. Evangelista is not a powerful enough wrestler to get Noons to the ground, and on the feet I think we have already figured out that Evangelista is outclassed.

I would not be surprised in the least bit to see KJ Noons score a stoppage in this fight. Evangelista was hurt badly by Waachiim Spiritwolf and was also stunned by Jorge Masvidal, and I consider Noons to be a bigger puncher then both of those fighters.

KJ should have no trouble in this fight, sprawling Evangelista’s takedown attempts and easily oustriking Billy on the feet, likely en route to a knockout win.

Krakrabbit: 5.55 Units On Noons {-185}
Boxeo: 5.55 Units On Noons {-185}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.85 Units On Noons {-185}
D3: 1.85 Units On Noons {-185}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

Strikeforce Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Strikeforce we are treated to a 145-pound women’s title bout between Cristiane “Cyborg” Santos, (10-1, 8KO’s) and Hiroko "Cat's Eye" Yamanaka, (12-1, 2KO’s, 2 Submissions) live from the Valley View Casino Center, San Diego, California.

Santos has been installed as the massive betting favorite and has also been receiving all of the money since the lines opened and sits at around -1000 while Yamanaka comes in with the underdog money at +650.

Cristiane Santos has been destroying the women’s 145-pound division for years now, and is currently riding a nine-fight win streak since losing her first professional fight. However despite her continued success since that loss Santos has really been making a name for herself within the last two years.

Santos has demolished the likes of Hitomi Akano, Gina Carano, Marloes Coenen and as of about six months ago, Jan Finney was added to that list of defeated challengers. “Cyborg” is well known Strikeforce these days, and is one of the bigger names in the organization.

“Cyborg” has rapidly become popular due to her style, which is extremely powerful. Santos possesses huge knockout power in both hands (particularly her right hand) and is a Muay Thai specialist with devastating knees in her arsenal.

Cristiane continues to improve as well, and her stand-up game is unrivaled. Santos is a beast on the feet, outstriking and overpowering all of her opponents, but aside from that Cris also applies her strength advantage when defending takedowns.

Santos’ biggest weak point is obviously her grappling, but virtually nobody is able to put Santos on her back. “Cyborg” is far too strong compared to her opposition and she often easily stuffs any takedown attempts on the feet or within the clinch.

On a related note, in spite of Santos’ lone loss coming by submission and all of her opponents trying to take her to the ground, I feel Cristiane has better grappling skills then it may appear. Santos is a Purple Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and does fairly well in Jiu-Jitsu competitions, not to mention her strength advantage makes her extremely difficult to control on the mat.

Santos can get a bit wild when it comes to striking, but she has shown a durable chin and holds the knockout power necessary to erase any mistakes she may make over the course of a fight. Nobody in the division has shown any indication to be able to outstrike Santos thus far, and I do not think that has or will change.

Hiroko "Cat's Eye" Yamanaka is also riding a solid win streak of eight, and most recently bested Bolormaa “Esui” Erdenebileg via submission in the second round.

Yamanaka is a newcomer to Strikeforce and has spent most of her career fighting in the “Jewels” and “Smackgirl” organizations, beating up primarily bums and other low level females. In fact, the best opponent on Yamanaka’s resume (Hitomi Akano) handed Yamanaka the only loss of her career (although Hiroko ended up avenging the loss).

“Cat’s Eye”, whose name is often displayed simply as “HIROKO”, is little known in the 145-pound division but is not a bad fighter at all. In spite of her lackluster competition, I do think Yamanaka is pretty decent.

Hiroko is well rounded and although her record is littered with decision victories, Yamanaka fights pretty aggressively. She lacks any punching power or explosiveness but does fight fairly well inside the clinch with knees.

Her striking is rudimentary, but somewhat technical and she rarely lets herself get wild with her strikes. However, Yamanaka seems slow to me and not only does she throw soft punches, but they appear to come at low speed as well.

Yamanaka is primarily a striker and doesn’t take her opponents down too often, but when the fight hits the mat she does know what to do. Hiroko doesn’t seem to fight that well off her back, but from top position she maintains solid control and has good submission defense.

I think under most circumstances, Yamanaka can beat a lot of the women in the 145-pound weight class but in this particular instance I think she is overmatched. Hiroko is stylistically a striker, but she has no hope of outboxing or knocking out “Cyborg” on Saturday night.

Unfortunately, Yamanaka also lacks the submission ability or takedown skills necessary to possibly exploit Santos’ work-in-progress ground game. I think Yamanaka will go the route as everyone else does, getting outstruck, stunned and battered by Santos before getting stopped late in the first round or early in the second round.

I have seen nothing at all to make me think Hiroko Yamanaka can beat the champion “Cyborg” Santos. I doubt she will accomplish much more than Marloes Coenen did, and, at worst, “Cyborg” should have the stoppage victory within three rounds.

Krakrabbit: 24.00 Units On Santos {-800}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

This Saturday night on Showtime in the finals of the Super Six Super Middleweight tournament features Olympic gold medalist Andre “SOG” Ward, (24-0, 13KO’s) facing off against Carl “Cobra” Froch, (28-0, 20KO’s) live from the Boardwalk Hall, Atlantic City, New Jersey.

Ward comes into the contest as the large favorite in the bout at -345. Froch gets the underdog cash at +285.

The O/U for the fight has been set at 9.5 rounds, with the over at -580 and the under coming in at +415. Ward by KO comes in at +608, while Ward by decision will cost you with -213. Froch by KO hits the mark at +700, and Froch by decision lands at +455. The odds the fight is declared a draw land at +3000.

Andre Ward is putting his WBA Super World title on the line on Saturday night and is also hoping to make the fourth successful defense of his belt as well. Ward most recently defended the strap against Arthur Abraham seven months ago in, as usual, California.

Abraham came out aggressively from the start of the fight, but Ward easily stifled Abraham’s offense and soundly outboxed the Germany native. Ward dominated the fight from the opening bell, even stunning Abraham multiple times and eventually won a very lopsided unanimous decision.

Ward showed more of the same in his fight against Abraham, which is to say he displayed his strengths and his weaknesses yet again. Andre possesses excellent boxing skills and just plain impressive technical ability. Ward is a very disciplined fighter who never throws wild shots and rarely lets his opponent take advantage of defensive lapses.

The former Olympic gold medalist is one of the best boxers at 168 pounds, and has also created a bit of infamy due to his inside fighting as well. Ward has become increasingly more well-rounded, but at the cost of being accused of nearly using MMA tactics inside the boxing ring.

Andre, who at one point in his career had serious issues with brawling on the inside, has become a master of using the clinch, headbutts and other fouls to his advantage. Ward often boxes on the outside, but when his opposition gets close “SOG” is not afraid to clinch up and dirty box his opponents to death.

Ward has been refining these techniques in his more recent fights, beginning with his bout with Mikkel Kessler. Ward drives in with his head, causing both overall and facial damage. Not only that, but Andre often latches onto one of his opponent’s arms and begins to batter them inside the clinch.

Andre, who seems to have become as slick as Bernard Hopkins, is never penalized for these fouls and roughhousing tactics, possibly due to the fact that his last 8 bouts have taken place in California (Ward’s hometown).

That is not to say Andre Ward is not a good fighter legitimately though. As well as his technical skills, Ward also possesses quick hands and deceivingly sharp defense, but his dirty boxing has undoubtedly helped propel him to superstardom.

Carl Froch has also been successful in his recent endeavors, having beaten his last two opponents relatively easily. In a comeback fight after losing to Mikkel Kessler, Froch outboxed Arthur Abraham with ease over the 12 round distance.

Most recently Carl won a deceivingly clear majority decision over Glen Johnson roughly six months ago. Froch looked fairly impressive against Johnson, outboxing and outworking his older opponent in what also happened to be an exciting fight; however, most anyone who watched the fight can agree that the fight being scored a draw is unjust.

Froch has only been defeated once in his career (at the hands of Kessler), but otherwise has been purely successful, occasionally pulling off upsets. Carl’s resume is not half bad and includes a number of well-known fighters such as Jean Pascal, Jermain Taylor and Andre Dirrell.

“Cobra” began his career as primarily a brawler, but has since evolved into a pretty decent boxer. Froch is not known for his boxing ability at all, but has good footwork and owns a solid jab that he often uses.

When it comes to slugging though, Froch is at his best. Carl is not a massive puncher but does wear his opponents out and sets a strong pace throughout the fight. Froch’s conditioning is likely one of his best assets, as Froch has the ability to slug it out with virtually anyone without showing real signs of fatigue.

Not only that, but Carl Froch is a very durable fighter who is seldom hurt inside the ring. Kessler managed to make him cringe with some bodyshots, but otherwise you will not find many scenarios where Froch is struggling to survive.

Now, while Froch is a good offensive fighter he has shown a vulnerability to getting...well, hit. Carl’s defense is nothing to write home about and although he can put together a nice attack, Froch has a habit of getting caught cleanly a bit too often.

“Cobra” has displayed a particular susceptibility to right hands, a punch that Jermain Taylor and Glen Johnson landed with a surprising amount of success. Froch’s defensive issues are not aided by the fact that Froch often carries his hands low at his waist either.

This fight between Andre Ward and Carl Froch will determine who the winner of the Super Six gran prix is, and both fighters will obviously be putting a lot on the line on Saturday night, aside from the belts.

Stylistically though, I find it difficult to find a way Andre Ward will lose this fight. He is the better boxer and has not shown a weak enough chin to suggest that he will be knocked out in this bout.

There is no question in my mind that Froch needs a knock out to win this fight. He will not be able to outbox Ward, and I just don’t see him winning rounds against “SOG”. I think Froch will need to come in and land a haymaker in order to take home the belts, something I suspect will be very challenging for him to accomplish.

Ward will have no trouble heading towards the scorecards and fighting very cautiously over the 12 round distance. I fully expect Andre to do his best to jab and move as time ticks away and rounds go by, and I have no doubt Froch will be the one chasing and swinging in this fight.

However, I highly doubt Ward will be able to hurt Froch with his punches, especially if Ward is choosing to fight off his back foot as I expect him to and Carl should be able to walk through anything Ward dishes out as Froch has been in with harder punchers then Andre Ward.

I am uncertain as to how much clinching and dirty boxing Ward will be able to get away with in New Jersey, but I doubt if Andre will be penalized for his actions. The only way I see this fight ending is on cuts sustained by Froch due to headbutts, but fortunately, “Cobra” has not shown any issues with cutting in the past.

I think Carl Froch will put together a valiant effort, but I don’t see him being able to land the Sunday punch necessary to walk out of the arena a winner. Ward should be able to outbox Froch with ease and replicate the success Jermain Taylor had against Froch, (but consistently considering Ward will not fade down the stretch), eventually winning a wide unanimous decision.

Krakrabbit: 43.70 Units On Ward {-190} & 6.50 Units On Froch By KO {+700}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.90 Units On Ward {-190}
D3: 1.90 Units On Ward {-190}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on HBO, fight fans will be treated to an IBF and WBA Super World light welterweight title fight when Amir “King” Khan (26-1, 18KO’s) will square off against Lamont “Havoc” Peterson, (29-1, 15KO’s) live from the Convention Center, Washington, District of Columbia.

Khan was quickly installed as the huge betting favorite in the fight and the line has pretty much stayed steady with Khan circling around the –1200 mark. Peterson supporters can grab the underdog money at +850.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -135 and the under at +115. Khan by KO comes in at -143, while Khan by decision will get you +159. Peterson by KO hits the mark at +1166, and Peterson by decision lands at +2200. The odds the bout will be declared a draw stand at +5500.

Amir Khan has been on a hot streak since suffering the only loss on his career, having avoided defeat for the past three years. Most recently Khan battered Zab Judah five months ago, stopping the experienced fighter with a somewhat controversial bodyshot (that plenty believe was a low blow).

Aside from the low blow/bodyshot, Khan was in clear control of the fight, showing himself as the quicker fighter. Amir struggled to land cleanly consistently on Judah, but nevertheless was outworking Judah with ease, eventually ending the fight in the fifth round.

“King” Khan has been, for the most part, dominating his opposition in the 140-pound weight class since moving up to light welterweight in 2009. Aside from a war with Marcos Maidana, Khan has been mostly unchallenged as he picked apart everyone from Andriy Kotelnyk to Paulie Malignaggi.

Amir’s chin issues have even seemed to subside, as he has only been badly hurt by one fighter in the past three years (Marcos Maidana), and somehow managed to survive to the final bell.

Under the tutelage of Freddie Roach, Khan has become an incredibly talented boxer with admirable skill. Amir possesses lightning quick hand speed, deceivingly solid head movement, outstanding technical skill and virtually unmatched boxing ability.

Khan has not shown a whole lot in the way of punching power at 140-pounds, but Khan has excellent technique and a well-placed shot can do surprising damage at times (see the first round of Khan vs. Maidana).

Amir Khan has really shown very little as far as flaws go inside the ring, as even in the earlier days of his career Khan was usually always the more skilled fighter, albeit with a chin that was as durable as wet paper.

These days though, for reasons unknown (some attribute it to the move up in weight), Khan is fairly durable and if Maidana was unable to stop him, most of the other 140-pound fighters have no hope of knocking Khan out.

Lamont Peterson is also fresh off a big win his career, having knocked out Victor Cayo roughly five months ago in Las Vegas. Peterson and Cayo both hurt each other in the fight, but Peterson’s superior technical skills and conditioning won out in the end, as Peterson scored a 12th round knockout to earn his shot at Amir Khan.

Peterson, despite not being all that well known, is fairly experienced when it comes to level of opposition, having faced off with multiple former and current champions. Lamont was soundly beaten by Timothy Bradley (and knocked down once), and was also battered by Victor Ortiz (again, getting dropped) but has managed to avoid being stopped, and even earned a disputed draw against Ortiz.

Lamont, brother of Anthony, is primarily a boxer who has shown some marginal skill inside the ring, but nothing to challenge high level fighters. Peterson has solid hand speed and quick feet -that he use all too often -, but technical flaws have kept him from stepping into the “top-tier” of the light welterweight division.

Aside from running around the ring too often (Peterson is not ashamed to employ a style that revolves around running and holding), Lamont also has a bad habit of getting caught cleanly with right hands. Peterson actively uses his jab but throws it lazily, leaving himself defenseless against a quick right hand as Bradley showed, knocking Peterson down with a right hand.

Not only that, but Lamont lacks serious punching power and his style does nothing to magnify his strength. “Havoc” is not a terrible fighter but doesn’t seem to be improving much these days and it is clear that Peterson is far from being a high level fighter.

I think this contest is pretty obvious, as if the betting odds do not already give that away, and there is only one question to be asked here: does Peterson survive the distance? Amir Khan is multiple classes above Peterson, and Lamont has not shown to possess a granite chin, but the stylistic match up in this fight makes me think Peterson could make it 12 rounds.

Khan is not an entirely aggressive fighter as it is and I have no doubt Lamont, however futile his efforts are, will continue to run around the ring and try to outbox Khan. I expect Amir to outwork Peterson and expose his weakness to the right hand, but I don’t think an early stoppage is in the cards for “King” Khan.

Amir does not possess double shock power and Peterson was able to survive two knockdowns from Victor Ortiz, who is undoubtedly a bigger puncher then Khan. By no means is it certain, but I am confident Peterson can use his foot movement and heart to go rounds with Amir.

If Khan ends this fight, it will be late after putting a sustained beating on Peterson. I will take a chance though and say that Lamont will manage to make it the distance on Saturday night, losing a lopsided unanimous decision.

Krakrabbit: 2.00 Units On Khan By Decision {+159}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Won't Go 9.5 Rounds {+160}
Doody: 6.75 Units On Will Go 9.5 Rounds {-135}
D3: 6.75 Units On Will Go 9.5 Rounds {-135}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 140 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 140, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight title fight when Jon “Bones” Jones, (14-1, 8KO’s, 4 Submissions) battles former champion Lyoto “The Dragon” Machida, (17-2, 6KO’s, 2 Submissions) from the Air Canada Centre, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

Jones opened the contest as the betting favorite over his opponent and his line has only gone up since the lines opened with Jones resting at around -425 and Machida sitting at +335.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +250, and the Won’t Go at -325. Jones ITD (Inside The Distance) now sits at -204, while Jones by decision will reward you with +423. Machida ITD hits the mark at +690, and Machida by decision lands at a high +725. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8500.

Jon “Bones” Jones continued his rise to stardom three months ago at UFC 135 in what was Jones’ first successful title defense after knocking out Mauricio Rua earlier in the year. Jones dominated his most recent outing, against Quinton Jackson, for three full rounds before submitting “Rampage” early in the fourth round.

Jon was barely even touched in that fight, outstriking Jackson with his reach and kicking ability in addition to scoring a few takedowns over the course of the fight. “Rampage” was not worn down as easily as Jones’ other opponents had been, but succumbed to a fight ending Rear Naked Choke after sixteen minutes of action.

The one sided victory was just another that was added to Jones’ increasingly more impressive resume that is beginning to display the names of well-known fighters who have tasted defeat at the hands of “Bones”.

Already 8-1 in the UFC, with his only “loss” being by controversial disqualification, Jones has made a shockingly rapid rise through the UFC’s light heavyweight division and has bested some excellent fighters.

Stephen Bonnar, Mauricio Rua, Brandon Vera, Ryan Bader, Mauricio Rua and of course Jackson have all been soundly beaten by Jones, with every fighter listed having been knocked out or submitted (aside from Bonnar).

“Bones”, who is becoming a huge name in the MMA community, is an outstanding talent who continues to improve every time he steps into the cage. While that can be said about many fighters, Jones’ improvements and skillset are expanding at a rapid rate and Jon has already established himself amongst the best fighters in the world!

In spite of having less than four years of experience as a professional, Jones is a very well rounded fighter who also defies the odds in other ways. But first, I feel the need to mention that Jon Jones is a solid and truly dynamic striker who uses his record-setting reach and tall, 6’4 frame as much as possible.

Famous strikers such as Jackson and Rua were essentially unable to lay a glove on Jones, as Jon has quickly become very proficient at keeping his range and fighting at distance. Technically, Jon is surprisingly solid with his striking and combined with his shockingly effective Muay Thai skills, Jones has made name for himself as a striking phenom.

Adding to that, despite not having any particularly impressive wrestling credentials, Jones is one of the best wrestlers in the division!

Jon has a powerful double leg takedown, but it is not uncommon to see him drop down and simply grab hold of his opponent leg to attempt a single leg takedown. Both of those takedown attempts are surprisingly effective and Jones has displayed his wrestling ability against adept wrestlers such as Bader and Jackson.

In addition, “Bones” appears to be training hard to learn Greco-Roman wrestling and perhaps Judo, as he has showcased a number of impressive throws in his past fights. Jones is not only a powerful fighter within the clinch, but he possesses tight, fairly technical (and flashy) throws that he often uses to his advantage.

As if that was not enough, Jones is also devastating with ground and pound and has carved a reputation for himself as being as the master of elbow strikes. Jon uses practically anything he can to land cleanly on his opponent from top position, and you will never see Jones simply laying on top of his opposition while time ticks down.

Despite calling himself a white belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu (which he very well may be), Jones has a smothering top control that few fighters have been able to escape from. His size plays a large role in his dominance from top control, but you cannot argue with the results as Jones has been able to effortlessly pass the guards of all his opponents (aside from Rua, a longtime Black Belt in BJJ).

Not only does he use his grappling prowess to control and strike his opponent, Jones has also been showing off some solid submission ability recently. Having submitted Ryan Bader and Quinton Jackson with what seemed to be relative ease, Jones has shown the capacity to attempt submissions if they present themselves, which is nice to see.

Now, while Jones has been immensely popular there are still some unanswered questions lingering about him. For one, I have a little doubt as to just how much of a “cardio beast” he truly is. I have seen him huffing and puffing on more than one occasion, but fortunately for him typically by the time he starts to show signs of fatigue his opponent is far more worn out then he is.

Nobody knows how well Jones will fight off his back either. He has shown startlingly powerful top control in addition possessing enough power to wear out and stop nearly anybody, but Jones has not been forced to fight off his back yet in the UFC. While I feel Jones would probably be capable of doing something off his back, I question how he would do if he was unable to stop the takedowns of his foe.

Former champion Lyoto “The Dragon” Machida is also coming into this fight off a win, having scored one of the best knockouts of the year over Randy Couture.

In a memorable KO that resembled the “Karate Kid”, Machida stopped Couture cold with what looked to be a crane kick to the face! In other words, Machida leapt into the air and landed a vicious front kick to the chin of Couture.

Machida too was at a point in his career where he appeared unstoppable, around the time he rattled off consecutive victories over Tito Ortiz, Thiago Silva and Rashad Evans. But after his title winning effort against Evans, he began to seriously struggle.

Winning a heavily debated decision over Mauricio Rua in his first title defense, Machida went on to be KO’d by Rua and lose a split decision to Quinton Jackson. Lyoto’s win over Couture was the first win he’d had in over a year and half, and his first of 2011.

Despite falling on some tough times though, Machida has shown the ability to compete at a high level time and time again. He put up strong efforts against Rua and Jackson, and his resume speaks for itself as he has only lost two fights over the course of his career.

“The Dragon”, who prides himself on utilizing Karate as his main style, is primarily a striker whose style is well figured out by now. Once an “enigma”, Machida’s movements and attacks are not so surprisingly at this point in his career.

Lyoto possesses very quick hand speed that he often uses to his advantage, in addition to another weapon that he uses relentlessly: his foot speed! Machida is rarely caught sitting around, and is usually always moving in to attack or out to avoid counter punches.

Once a baffling style that revolved around movement, Machida’s flaws have been exposed in his defeats. Lyoto’s offense consists nearly entirely of running in a straight line while throwing shots down the pipe at his opponent. He does not use angles often, and typically prefers to simply rush in with punches and hope that his opposition retreats.

Speaking of retreat, when Machida is pressured he moves back in a straight line as well. Rarely using lateral movement, Mauricio Rua gave Machida all he could handle and then some by pressing forward throwing punches, or otherwise using kicks to keep Machida from rushing in with his own punches.

“The Dragon” is not a bad fighter at all and he has achieved a lot of success in his career, but his movements are quite predictable. Quinton Jackson beat him on the judges’ scorecards simply by moving forward and keeping Machida tentative, nothing more (Jackson’s accuracy was very low in that fight and won essentially off slightly higher punch output).

However, while Machida is not the striking dynamo he once was, Lyoto does have other attributes to fall back on. For one, the Karate fighter is also a Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and showed decent grappling skills in the past.

Not only that, but Machida has some sneaky takedowns at his disposal from within the clinch where he often uses the bodylock or occasionally a trip to throw his opponent to the mat. Machida’s top control leaves a lot to be desired and neither his ground and pound nor submission skills are outstanding, but he has been training in Jiu-Jitsu for a long time and is clearly no slouch on the ground.

I feel this is an interesting matchup that many are claiming Machida has a fantastic shot to win in, but I for one believe Machida will have a very difficult time ahead of him in this contest.

Jon Jones has shown time and time again the ability to take down virtually anyone he wants, nearly at will. And if that was not enough, “Bones” has become a very threatening striker while using his massive frame.

I am not certain what Machida will be attempting in this fight, but I would be surprised to see him trying to run in and out all night on the feet. I suspect Lyoto will be looking to test Jones’ takedown defense and attempt to take Jones to the ground.

Personally, I expect those attempts to fail. Lyoto Machida may have underestimated skills within the clinch (possibly stemming from his Sumo training), but Jones will have a significant size and strength advantage.

As far as the striking goes, I think Jones has a slight advantage there as well. He is become increasingly adept at kicking, something that seriously troubles Machida and “Bones” will also have a sizeable 10.5 inch reach advantage coming into this fight.

I don’t think Machida will be able to dodge in and out at will like he does against his slower opposition. Either Jones will keep him at bay with probing kicks and a long jab, or allow Machida to rush in leaving him open to a takedown attempt.

Lyoto may very well be an somewhat accomplished fighter, but I do not think he is any better of a striker then Quinton Jackson or Mauricio Rua are, nor do I feel his particular style poses a real threat to Jon Jones.

I would be surprised to see Machida win even a round in this fight to be honest and I expect Jones to outstrike “The Dragon” and take him down whenever he so chooses.

Depending on the tempo of the fight, Machida may be able to make it the five round distance as I feel he should be able to avoid getting blasted out on the feet. But should Jones decide to take this fight to the mat, I suspect Machida will begin to take a lopsided beating just as all of Jon’s other opponents have.

Call me crazy, I also think Jones can submit Lyoto Machida. When eating powerful strikes on the ground, Jones’ opponents tend to leave themselves vulnerable to submissions and I wouldn’t be surprised to see Jones transition smoothly from ground and pound to a submission attempt from top position at some point in this fight.

No one can say for certain how long the Jon Jones destruction train will continue to roll over opponents, but for the time being I expect Jones to make his second successful title defense on Saturday night with relative ease.

Krakrabbit: 17.50 Units On Jones {-350}
Boxeo: 35.00 Units On Jones {-350}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 17.50 Units On Jones {-350}
D3: 17.50 Units On Jones {-350}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 140 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 140, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when Antonio Rogerio “Minotoro” Nogueira, (19-5, 5KO’s, 6 Submissions) battles veteran Tito “Huntington Beach Bad Boy” Ortiz, (16-9-1, 8KO’s, 3 Submissions) from the Air Canada Centre, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

Nogueira opened the contest as the betting favorite and only gotten most of the action since the lines opened and currently you can get Nogueira at -225 and Ortiz at +175.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -150, and the Won’t Go at +120. Nogueira ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +250, while Nogueira by decision will reward you with +130. Ortiz ITD hits the mark at +415, and Ortiz by decision lands at +435. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6500.

The Brazilian fighter Nogueira is potentially fighting for his UFC career on Saturday night after losing his last two fights, bringing his record within the UFC to 2-2.

Nogueira suffered the back-to-back losses to Phil Davis and Ryan Bader, both of whom succeeded in outwrestling Nogueira and winning a unanimous decision but neither looked impressive doing so.

The man commonly known as “Lil Nog” has not had an easy run in the UFC despite winning his first two outings in the organization, knocking out Luiz Cane with ease in his UFC debut but struggling heavily against Jason Brilz (Nogueira would go on to win a split decision).

Antonio Rogerio has had a rather accomplished career though, despite his rocky path in the UFC. Having fought a number of well-known fighters, primarily in the Pride organization, Nogueira holds some admirable victories over fighters like Dan Henderson and Alistair Overeem.

After nine years as a professional though, Nogueira’s style has changed a bit and he now heavily favors striking over grappling. Much like his brother “Big Nog” these days, Nogueira loves a good striking affair where he can display his punching power and showcase his left hand from the southpaw stance.

“Minotoro” can occasionally get a bit reckless on the feet but has solid power in both hands in addition to a very durable chin. His best asset, however, is his takedown defense that continues to improve.

Nogueira has outstanding takedown defense and even when winging punches manages to stay vigilant of any attempts to wrestle him. Antonio Rogerio showcased his skill at defending takedowns against Ryan Bader, and looked even more impressive in stifling the wrestling of Phil Davis, at least early in the fight.

Not only that but even when Nogueira is dragged to the floor, he has the ability to get back to his feet surprisingly quickly. In spite of all these facts though, Nogueira’s biggest weakness is still being taken down.

The Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu is crafty at times with submission and sweep attempts, but doesn’t fight all that well off his back. He avoids ground and pound most of the time, but is not a very offensive fighter forced to fight off his back and that has led to his past two decision losses.

By no means dominant, Nogueira was taken down a handful of times and him rising to his feet and outstriking his opponent before getting thrown down again does not score him points unfortunately.

Nogueira is very difficult to outstrike from the southpaw stance, and his takedown defense is very impressive, but there is no arguing that when faced with a wrestler these days, Nogueira faces his stiffest challenges. Oddly enough, “Minotoro” was quite effective against wrestlers in his Pride days, but that could be due to the fact that he went for more submissions when put on his back then he does at this point in his career (not to mention the scoring system was very different then in the UFC).

Tito Ortiz is also coming into this contest off a loss, most recently to Rashad Evans via second round stoppage. Ortiz’s more recent outings in the UFC have been followed closely by fight fans largely due to the fact that Tito has gone 1-5-1 in his last seven fights.

Despite being a UFC legend, Ortiz has not looked impressive in many years and has only won one fight in the past five years! At the age of 36 most are under the impression that Ortiz is worn out and use the same weapons he once did in his prime...I am hard pressed to argue with that.

Ortiz looked sharp against Ryan Bader, a fight where Tito dropped Bader and subsequently submitted him, but aside from that has appeared flat in pretty much every appearance since 2007.

A large part of Ortiz’s lack of success seems to stem from his inability, or unwillingness, to wrestle his opponents. Once a powerful wrestler with famous ground and pound skills, Ortiz opts to constantly strike with his opposition these days.

Likely due to his age (older fighters not nicknamed “Hendo”, typically stray away from wrestling for one reason or another), you will rarely see the “Huntington Beach Bad Boy” shooting for takedowns in his fights anymore.

Because of that, Ortiz has been forced to display his striking skills inside the cage, which, in a word, can be described as “lackluster”.

Offensively, Tito has relatively slow hand speed and unimpressive punching power. On the defensive side of things, Ortiz possesses decent blocking skills but a questionable chin that does not seem to be getting any tougher as time passes.

Overall I feel that considering both fighters have suffered a number of recent losses, Antonio Rogerio Nogueira holds many advantages in this match up. In his prime, Ortiz would have posed a threat to Nogueira but at this point of his career I don’t think there is much Tito can do in his fight.

There is simply no question who the better striker is, and even if Ortiz somehow mustered up the ability to shoot for a takedown, I highly doubt he could bring “Minotoro” to the ground. Antonio Rogerio will outclass Ortiz on the feet and unlike when he faced Ryan Bader, Tito Ortiz will not be able to hurt his opponent so easily.

I feel this is a fight that, once again, Ortiz is being brought in to lose. Although he does not seem to be at risk of losing his job, Ortiz has become the kind of fighter that, more often than not, is put into the cage to lose.

“Minotoro” Nogueira should have little difficulty in this contest, outstriking Ortiz and possibly stopping the veteran in the later portion of the fight. Quite honestly, I doubt we will see Tito doing much shooting in this fight, even though “lay and pray” is his only way to win.

Krakrabbit: 7.00 Units On Nogueira {-140}
Boxeo: 7.00 Units On Nogueira {-140}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 7.00 Units On Nogueira {-140}
D3: 7.00 Units On Nogueira {-140}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 140 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 140, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when Krzysztof “The Polish Experiment” Soszynski, (26-11-1, 10KO’s, 11 Submissions) battles Igor “The Duke” Pokrajac, (23-8, 12KO’s, 8 Submissions) from the Air Canada Centre, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

Soszynski opened the contest as a clear favorite, and money has only been coming in on the Polish fighter since the lines opened with Soszynski now resting at around –285 and Pokrajac sitting at +205.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -160, and the Won’t Go at +120. Soszynski ITD (Inside The Distance) now sits at +200, while Soszynski by decision will reward you with +127. Pokrajac ITD hits the mark at +507, and Pokrajac by decision lands at +395. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +5500.

Krzysztof Soszynski is currently riding a two fight win streak within the UFC and is only about six months removed from a dominant victory over Mike Massenzio. Soszynski stifled all of Massenzio’s takedown attempts, outstriking and outgrappling the natural 185-pounder en route to a shutout decision win.

Soszynski has been a UFC veteran for quite a while now and his fight this Saturday will mark the ninth fight of his UFC career. Krzysztof, who holds a respectable 6-2 record within the Octagon, has carved out a name for himself in the 205-pound division as a crafty gatekeeper.

“The Polish Experiment” rarely faces off with high level competition in the UFC, but has a ton of experience when it comes to brawling with mid-level fighters. Soszynski has faced off with countless other “gatekeepers” or “journeymen” such as Ben Rothwell, Mike Whitehead, Brandon Vera, and Stephen Bonnar amongst many others, and for the most part Soszynski has fared pretty well.

Despite his unimpressive record, Soszynski has managed to rack up a 9-2 record in his last eleven outings, including wins over Brian Stann and Stephen Bonnar. As far as his skills go, Soszynski is clearly no elite level competitor but does pose a challenge to many of his opponent.

Krzysztof has a deep gas tank that that often uses to his advantage when pushing a strong pace on his foes, either on the feet or on the ground. Soszynski can be a reckless striker a little too often, leaving himself open to getting tagged cleanly while he unleashes punches with all his might (see his fights with Bonnar), but is clearly more disciplined when it comes to grappling.

Soszynski lacks real wrestling credentials, but is adept when it comes to takedowns and is a fairly strong fighter as well, proficient in both double leg and single leg takedowns. As well, “The Polish Experiment” is not a bad ground fighter at all and has shown some solid skills on the mat.

Krzysztof has been training in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu for many years now and he has a rather unique grappling style specializing in the Kimura off his back or from top position. Soszynski has underrated top control and decent ground and pound, and when put on his back often attempts to use submission holds to sweep his opponent.

Soszynski has shown a bit of a vulnerability to getting knocked out, having been stopped five times, but looked like an improved, more intelligent fighter against Goran Reljic and Massenzio in bouts where Soszynski used much more cautious tactics to win.

Igor “The Duke” Pokrajac is also coming into this contest off a win, albeit one that comes over a very lightly regarded fighter. Pokrajac hurt Todd Brown multiple times over five minutes of action and Brown was unable (or unwilling) to make it back to his corner at the end of the round.

Running into difficult times in the UFC, Pokrajac has only won two of his last five outings though, over the severely shot James Irvin and as of about nine months ago, Todd Brown.

Pokrajac, unlike his opponent, has been struggling more recently in his career after amassing a 21-5 record in the earlier portion of his career.

As far as his skills go, quite frankly, Igor does not impress me in the least bit and he truly does nothing special. Pokrajac, first and foremost, has a poor chin that has been cracked multiple times.

Although Pokrajac has technically been stopped less times then his opponent Soszynski, Igor is commonly stunned in his fights and even the laughable Todd Brown was able to hurt Pokrajac in their contest. I feel Soszynski has a slightly more durable chin and his level of competition, clearly, is superior.

In addition, I have seen nothing groundbreaking about Pokrajac’s grappling or wrestling skills, and Igor is probably best described as a “sprawl and brawler”. “The Duke” possesses moderate punching power but his takedown defense leaves a lot to be desired and his Jiu-Jitsu skills are lackluster at best.

Since stepping into the UFC Pokrajac has struggled heavily and I believe Igor is at his best when facing off with very low level competition. Against even mid-level fighters like Vladimir Matyushenko or James Te Huna, Pokrajac has been soundly beaten.

Krzysztof Soszynski is no world beater in really any sense, but I feel is a class above Igor Pokrajac. Soszynski is the more technical striker with, I think, a slightly superior chin; most importantly though, Soszynski has decent wrestling and a significant edge when it comes to grappling.

I expect Soszynski to dominate this fight by being the stronger fighter in the clinch and occasionally dragging Pokrajac to the ground. I would not be surprised in the least bit to see Soszynski win in a very similar fashion to Stephen Bonnar, who cut a swathe through Pokrajac en route to a wide decision win.

This time though, I believe Soszynski will have plenty of opportunities to end the fight early by either submission or knockout on the ground.

Krakrabbit: 5.00 Units On Soszynski {-200} & 2.00 Units On Soszynski ITD {+200}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Won’t Go 3 Full Rounds {+120}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Won’t Go 3 Full Rounds {+120}
D3: .50 Units On Won’t Go 3 Full Rounds {+120}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 140 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 140, MMA fans will be treated to a featherweight fight when Mark “The Machine” Hominick, (20-9, 8KO’s, 8 Submissions) faces off with Chan Sung “The Korean Zombie” Jung, (11-3, 2KO’s, 7 Submissions) from the Air Canada Centre, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

Hominick opened the contest as the significant betting favorite and Hominick has gotten most of the money since opening. Hominick currently rests at -350 and Jung sits at +250.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +170, and the Won’t Go at -215. Hominick ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -129, while Hominick by decision will reward you with +243. Jung ITD hits the mark at +526, and Jung by decision lands at +1000. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +7000.

Mark Hominick is roughly eight months removed from an unsuccessful title bid against Jose Aldo at UFC 129. Hominick put up a solid fight, even dominating the final round of the fight, but failed to conquer the reigning champion.

Hominick also suffered a massive hematoma on his head that has since made the fight quite memorable, but nonetheless made it the five round distance with Aldo, a feat that most cannot lay claim to.

Prior to his defeat, “The Machine” racked up five straight wins including victories over Bryan Caraway, Leonard Garcia and George Roop. Hominick is not all that well known in the UFC (although much more so after his fight with Aldo), but has displayed some ever improving skills inside the cage.

The 29 year old fighter has become increasingly well-rounded and has added some respectable striking skills into his arsenal. Hominick has fairly quick hand speed, underrated punching power and a decent chin (although it certainly is not outstanding).

To complement those new found striking skills, Hominick has also been improving his grappling ability. Once a fighter who was very vulnerable to submissions, Mark has come a long way in making sure he is not so exposed when a fight hits the mat.

Mark is not a powerhouse when it comes to Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu skills, but does well enough on the ground that he can occasionally threaten with submissions off his back and does not put himself in as many bad positions as he once did. As evidence of that, Hominick has not been submitted nearly four years since succumbing to Josh Grispi.

“The Machine” has shown a weak chin at some points in the past, but he possesses heart and is not entirely fragile. After all he has only been knocked out one time (via slam), and that loss came in his 5th bout as a professional.

Chan Sung Jung has just gotten back into the winner’s circle after dropping back-to-back fights, and recently avenged an earlier loss to Leonard Garcia by submission. Jung, who opted to take Garica down from the get-go, sunk in the seldom witnessed “Twister”, forcing Garcia to tap out with only one second to go in the second round in what ended up being a very impressive display.

Up until his rematch with Garcia, “The Korean Zombie” had happily lived up to that moniker, often engaging in wars and having no issue with a good slugfest. However, after he was brutally knocked out by George Roop, Jung vowed to fight smarter and much more cautiously, something he is obviously trying to live up to.

Jung is a pretty well rounded fighter but at the same time seems to lack an abundance of skill in any one area.

He has acceptable punching power, but has only scored three knockouts and is not quite explosive enough on the feet to cause big damage. Not only that, but Chan Sung is no slouch on the mat, but has not really shown the ability to go in and dominate a fight with his grappling at a high level (aside from his second fight with Garcia, who, let’s face it, is an unimpressive Black Belt).

Jung is a pretty wide striker on the feet even when attempting to fight more measured, and can leave himself open to getting countered as well.

There are redeeming qualities about Jung though, don’t get me wrong. First off, the man is quite durable and has displayed an iron chin on multiple occasions throughout his career and his knockout loss to Roop is misleading (a head kick can knock out anyone). In addition, Jung has underrated takedown ability within the clinch and possesses solid, Judo/Sambo-like trips and throws.

In this particular match up, I believe Chan Sung Jung will have trouble easily beating up Mark Hominick. Hominick is the better, quicker, more technical striker and I feel Hominick is going to pose many issues for Jung with his foot movement alone.

“The Machine” is much more agile then the comparably slow-footed “Korean Zombie” and Hominick should have no trouble replicating the success that Roop had, and then some. I also have doubts that Jung has the punching power necessary to stop Hominick in his tracks in this contest.

If the fight should hit the ground, and I think Jung will be trying quite hard to take it there, I don’t see a significant advantage going either way. Hominick would be best suited to avoid being put on his back, but if he is forced to the ground I think there is a fairly good chance Mark can get back to his feet against Jung (who tends to leave a lot of room between himself and his opponent).

By no means is it a forgone conclusion, but I think Hominick will frustrate Jung with ease on the feet by using movement and quick punches, hopefully overpowering Jung and his takedown attempts.

I could conceivably envision Jung scoring points with a takedown and subsequent top control supremacy, but I suspect Hominick will be all too wise to be thrown down by Jung often enough to cost him the fight.

Krakrabbit: 2.00 Units On Hominick By Decision {+243}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Jung ITD {+530}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 140 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 140, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when John “The Bull” Makdessi, (9-0, 7KO’s) battles Dennis “Superman” Hallman, (50-14-2, 4KO’s, 39 Submissions) from the Air Canada Centre, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

Makdessi opened the contest as the slight betting favorite in the fight but has been continually receiving money since the lines opened. Makdessi is sitting at around -200 while you can get Hallman at around +170.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +160, and the Won’t Go at -210. Makdessi ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +148, and Makdessi by decision will reward you with +292. Hallman ITD hits the mark at +257, and Hallman by decision lands at +425. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6000.

John Makdessi is a little under nine months removed from scoring a highlight reel knockout of Kyle Watson at UFC 129. Makdessi controlled the fight from the start, effortlessly outstriking his overmatched opponent but not doing much in the way of actual damage.

Early in the third round though, Makdessi managed to connect with a devastating and well set-up spinning backfist that knocked Watson out cold on the spot.

Makdessi, somewhat of a hot prospect in the lightweight division, has only competed twice in the UFC, having defeated both of those opponents (Pat Audinwood and of course Watson). Other than those fights Makdessi had in the UFC, his resume has been very thin.

However, John has attracted the attention of hardcore MMA fans having displayed an impressive skillset thus far in his immature career. As if you could not tell from his record alone, Makdessi is a striker who more often than not manages to stop his opponents, having only been to the scorecards twice in his career.

John is a very solid striker though and is continuing to improve in the aspect of “sprawl and brawling”, which is his preferred style. Makdessi has somewhat quick hands, surprisingly sharp kicks and is a fairly technical fighter as well.

Makdessi is no Lyoto Machida or Edson Barboza when it comes to punching technique, but the kickboxer has sound defensive skills and does not often wing wild shots at his opposition.

Most importantly though, John fights cautiously enough on the feet that he seems to be constantly vigilant of the takedown. It appears fighting on the ground is something Makdessi fears, but fortunately for him I have been impressed with his takedown defense.

John’s style of sprawling takedowns is, I believe, slightly reminiscent of dreaded takedown defense specialist Mirko Cro Cop.

Makdessi effectively uses his weight to avoid the takedown (as most fighters do), but more particularly uses underhooks when defending against shoots. That suggests to me that Makdessi possesses very good takedown defense and some real defensive wrestling knowledge.

Despite what his record may suggest though, I do not consider Makdessi to be an entirely powerful puncher. Makdessi went the distance with Audinwood, and was also forced into the third round against the nondurable Watson as well.

It just seems to me that “The Bull” does not throw with conviction and is, at times, a bit too content with potshotting and outpointing his opponent. Perhaps a reason for that is his fear of overcommitting to strikes on the feet and being taken down.

Dennis Hallman is, unlike his opponent, coming into this contest off a very disappointing loss. Hallman was stopped in only one round by the ultimate underdog Brian Ebersole almost exactly four months ago.

Hallman looked good early in that contest, taking Ebersole’s back but appearing content to just punch Ebersole in the face rather than finish the fight with a submission. That decision came back to bite him as Hallman was soon after pounded out with vicious elbows after only four minutes of action.

Dennis is a vastly experienced fighter who, on top of his 60+ recorded bouts as a professional, insists that there are at least 20 more fights that are not counted on his record! Hallman has faced off with countless former champions and high level competitors.

Aside from his experience, Hallman is also a very adept catch wrestler with a variety of submissions at his disposal and some powerful wrestling to boot. Dennis’ ground game is quite excellent, and in spite of what would be considered a huge disappointment against Ebersole (having his opponent’s back but failing to do anything), “Superman’s” ground game is a force to be reckoned with.

However, there have been issues that plagued Hallman early in his career and continue to do so to this very day. For one, “Superman” has a rather poor chin that has been cracked open six times, not to mention the other instances where Hallman was stunned but avoided being stopped.

As well as that, his striking skill is mediocre at best and Dennis has never quite been able to grasp the concepts of striking effectively. Dennis is a light puncher and even the left hand from the southpaw stance, his best punch, rarely does any damage to his opponents.

Hallman’s style is cut and dry, as he rarely ever wins a fight where he is unable to take down his opponent. Occasionally, as in the case of the Ebersole match, Hallman still fails to win the match despite getting his opponent to the ground.

On top of all that, Dennis Hallman also made the choice to move down in weight after being stopped four months ago by Ebersole.

Unfortunately, Hallman’s first attempt to make 155-pounds failed quite easily though. “Superman” missed weight on Friday, stepping onto the scales at 158.5-pounds, a long ways away from the 156-pound limit Hallman attempted to make.

I did not think he looked very good at the weigh-ins at all, and making no effort to cut anymore weight doesn’t seem to be a good sign to me either.

The fact of the matter is that in this contest, Hallman will need to grapple and Makdessi will need to strike. Dennis has no hope of outstriking “The Bull” and Makdessi has no hope of outgrappling “Superman”...the question is who will be able to force their style upon the other.

I firmly believe that John Makdessi will be able to control this fight on the feet, avoiding takedowns and soundly outstriking Hallman from the opening bell. I think a stoppage is entirely possible as well, considering Hallman’s possibly weakened state and the fact that he will be outclassed on the feet on Saturday night.

Krakrabbit: 3.45 Units On Makdessi {-115}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Makdessi ITD {+150}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Makdessi ITD {+150}
D3: 1.00 Units On Makdessi ITD {+150}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

TUF Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on The Ultimate Fighter 14 Finale we are treated to a middleweight bout between Michael “The Count” Bisping, (21-3, 13KO’s, 4 Submissions) and Jason “Mayhem” Miller, (23-7, 5KO’s, 14 Submissions) live from the The Pearl at the Palms, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Bisping has been installed as the betting favorite and his line has only gone up slightly since opening and now sits at around -200 while Miller comes in with the underdog money at +170.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -110, and the Won’t Go at -120. Bisping ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +275, and Bisping by decision will reward you with +140. Miller ITD hits the mark at +350, and Miller by decision lands at +300. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +2200.

Michael Bisping and Jason Miller will be coming into this fight after coaching a season of “TUF”, or The Ultimate Fighter 14. Both fighters have been out of the cage for an extended period of time (Bisping for about 9 months and Miller for roughly 14), but will be looking to get back into the swing of things on Saturday night.

Bisping is riding a three fight winning streak over decent, but lower-tier fighters and most recently stopped Jorge Rivera in what ended up being a somewhat controversial fight. Bisping landed an illegal knee on a grounded Rivera late in the first round, and eventually stopped Rivera early in the second round. What makes it controversial is that many believe Rivera never fully recovered from the knee he absorbed in the first round.

Michael, who holds a pretty glossy record, has shown solid consistency throughout his career though and has displayed well-rounded skills time and time again. “The Count”, fights well in nearly every aspect and his biggest flaw is one that he cannot control: his chin!

Bisping, despite having only been stopped once by the powerful Dan Henderson, has been rocked countless times and it is a testament to his recovery ability that he has only been knocked out once in his career.

Aside from his weak chin, Bisping has also shown a vulnerability to getting caught with right hands. Henderson stopped him with one, and even unimpressive fighters such as Yoshihiro Akiyama and Jorge Rivera were able to land the same punch cleanly at some point in their bout.

When he isn’t getting wobbled, Michael is a pretty solid fighter with a large skill-set. Bisping has perfectly acceptable striking skills along with a good 1-2, and while he does not throw hooks or uppercuts often, Bisping’s right hand is a quick and effective weapon.

As well as that, Michael’s grappling skills are severely underrated and rarely seen inside the cage. Bisping’s wrestling is not amazing, but he often uses trips to his success when looking for the takedown. Adding to that, Bisping has decent top control and fights very well defensively off his back.

He takes very little punishment when put on his back and has become increasingly proficient in getting back to his feet when taken down.

“The Count” is just a well-rounded fighter who just happens to have a fragile chin. His record speaks for itself though, as Bisping has been facing name fighters for years now with primarily success.

Jason “Mayhem” Miller is coming into this contest off an impressive submission win over the “Gracie Hunter” Kazushi Sakuraba. Unfortunately, Miller will be facing a long layoff of about 14 months when making his UFC debut on Saturday night and this is one of the longest layoffs of Miller’s career.

Jason has won his last two outings (against Sakuraba and Tim Stout), and while those fighters don’t exactly strike fear into their opponents’ hearts, Miller looked impressive in dismantling both of them.

“Mayhem” is, as you can see from his record, a grappler for the most part who has also faced many elite level fighters. Chael Sonnen, Tim Kennedy (twice), Georges St. Pierre, Robbie Lawler, Frank Trigg, Ronaldo Souza (twice) and Jake Shields litter Miller’s impressive resume.

The Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu is a very good grappler with underestimated ground and pound and a sneaky habit of setting up his grappling with punches first. Miller has showcased his grappling prowess time and time again, and evidence of his skill on the mat lies in his bouts with Jake Shields and Ronaldo Souza, amongst many others.

However, while Miller’s grappling is deadly, Jason’s striking game has been slow to develop. By no means is “Mayhem” an inept striker but he lacks big punching power and is just not very tight on the feet.

As well as that, Miller’s wrestling is not exactly Division I level and he has some trouble getting higher-level fighters down. Jason fights exceptionally well off his back with sweeps and reversals, but doesn’t end up in top control too often unless he is fighting a “no-hoper” of an opponent.

Stylistically, I think this is an extremely interesting matchup that will likely come down to Jason Miller’s wrestling skills.

I have no doubt that Michael Bisping is the better striker, and I also have no doubt that Jason Miller is the better grappler (by far), but in order for Miller to take home a win I think he is required to take this fight to the ground in one way or another.

Bisping will not be as foolish as to take Miller down, so it comes down to whether or not “Mayhem” can score his own takedowns. I feel that while Miller is not a high level wrestler and will likely have serious difficulties getting this fight to the ground, he only needs a small opportunity in order to capitalize on a mistake.

In a three-round contest, I think Bisping will be able to run around and sprawl Miller long enough to take home a boring decision victory, but this bout will be 25 minutes of action, and that very much favors the popular Jason Miller.

That gives Jason two extra rounds to get the fight to the ground in any way and begin to dominate a grappling match. No matter where Miller is on the ground, he has a big advantage. I have little doubt that even off his back; Miller will be able to get into a more advantageous position with relative ease.

It is a bit of a longshot, considering Miller has little hope of outstriking even the flawed and weak chinned Bisping, but seeing as how this fight is five rounds I like Miller’s chances here. If Jason can be 5 seconds from submitting an elite wrestler and Jiu-Jitsu practitioner in Jake Shields, I feel “Mayhem” can finish the job against Michael Bisping.

Krakrabbit: 2.00 Units On Miller ITD {+350} & 3.00 Units On Bisping By Decision {+140}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Miller ITD {+350} & 3.00 Units On Bisping By Decision {+140}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Miller ITD {+350} & 2.00 Units On Bisping By Decision {+140}
D3: 1.00 Units On Miller ITD {+350} & 2.00 Units On Bisping By Decision {+140}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on HBO PPV fight fans will be treated to a WBA Super World light middleweight title bout when champion Miguel Cotto, (36-2, 29KO’s) rematches Antonio Margarito, (38-7, 27KO’s) live from the Madison Square Garden, New York, New York.

Cotto opened the contest as the clear betting favorite and the lines have not moved much since opening aside from slight money on Cotto. Currently you can score Cotto at -200. Margarito supporters get the underdog cash at +170.

The O/U on the bout is set at 10.5 rounds with the over coming in at -160 and the under at +140. Cotto by KO comes in at +340, while Cotto by decision will reward you with +144. Margarito by KO hits the mark at +313, and Margarito by decision lands at +480. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +3000.

This is the second time Miguel Cotto and Antonio Margarito will step into the ring to face each other, with their last meeting ending up turning into a controversial bout. After Margarito was so infamously busted attempting to use illegal handwraps before his fight with Shane Mosley, his career and particularly his stoppage victories were called into question.

In July of 2008, Margarito rallied late in his fight with the then-unbeaten Cotto and stopped Cotto in the 11th round of their razor close contest. Miguel was badly beaten by the end of the fight, showing severe signs of swelling in addition to multiple facial lacerations.

Although there is no proof of any foul-play in that fight, many, including Cotto, believe Margarito used some illegal handwraps in that contest which led him to that dramatic late stoppage win.

Whatever the case may be, both fighters’ careers have gone on since the loss and I think it is safe to say that neither of them are quite in the same form they used to be.

After the loss, Cotto went on to defeat Michael Jennings and Joshua Clottey, but did not look that impressive while doing so. In his last fight before moving up in weight, Cotto was battered and stopped in the 12th round of a fight against Manny Pacquiao.

Miguel then moved up in weight and has put together two straight wins over Yuri Foreman and Ricardo Mayorga, both of whom Cotto knocked out. His two performances at 154 were not truly telling, considering they were against B-level (at best) competition, but I think it is clear that Cotto is not the vicious fighter he once was.

At this point of his career, and particularly at 154 pounds, Cotto appears to lack some punching power in addition to being a bit slower. His condition, an issue for him at welterweight, has not looked bad though, going 9 and 12 rounds with his last two opponents respectively.

Cotto was and still is a very talented fighter who can just about do it all. He still possesses devastating body shots and is a sharp boxer as well, but as I mentioned the move up in weight seems to have diminished some of his punching power.

Adding to that, Cotto is not nearly as aggressive as he was in the past and seems all too willing to box for 12 rounds. Miguel, if anything, has gotten smarter about the way he fights, but that does not mean he is exciting. Cotto likes to box and move as much as possible these days and while he is a pretty good boxer, Miguel doesn’t put too much mustard on his shots and loves to work simply off a jab and a right hand.

Antonio “Tony” Margarito has not looked 100% lately either and has really struggled in his recent outings. After having his illegal handwraps confiscated (Margarito still says that he did not know he was going to wear illegal handwraps), Antonio was knocked out brutally by Mosley later in the night.

After that, Margarito went on to outpoint Roberto Garcia in a lackluster performance then later get badly beaten once again, this time by Manny Pacquiao. Margarito’s fight against Pacquiao is the reason why we have not seen the Mexican brawler in the ring in over a year.

In that contest, Antonio’s right eye was badly damaged and it was revealed that he had a broken orbital bone as well as damage to the more sensitive parts of his eye. He has had multiple surgeries on the eye, including having a new, artificial cataract lens put into his eye, since his original was badly damaged and career-ending if left untreated.

There are also reports that Margarito wears sunglasses as much as possible (occasionally even when training) due to hypersensitivity to light in his right eye. Whatever the case may be though, there is no question Antonio has a badly damaged eye that, aside from the orbital bone, is plagued with issues.

Fortunately (or unfortunately, depending on how much you like Margarito), the Mexican was licensed for this contest after heavy deliberation from the New York State Athletic Commission due largely in part to his condition being vouched for by doctors in New York.

Stylistically, Margarito has not changed a bit throughout his career and still fights the same way he always has: aggressively. Antonio is a fighter who likes to rush forward and batter his opponent on the inside or against the ropes, but like many pressure fighters suffers from a serious lack of defense.

Ultimately his downfall in all his losses, Margarito takes more punches on the chin then he dishes out, but has been able to avoid being stopped more than once in his entire career. Antonio has faced off with a lot of high level opposition, but no matter who he fights Margarito always ends up eating mass amounts of leather.

With a style devoid of head movement or effective blocking, Margarito has to be a powerful offensive fighter to survive and fortunately for him, he is. “Tony” throws devastating body shots and was also commonly regarded as a strong puncher as well.

Since having his handwrapping watched more closely though, Margarito had not really shown the same amount of power as did in the past. He did nothing to Shane Mosley, knocked down but was unable to finish Roberto Garcia and barely had any moments against Manny Pacquiao aside from a body shot or two that may have hurt Pacquiao a bit.

This fight brings up plenty of questions, and there is one of two ways you can look at this contest. Either you believe Margarito did not have illegal handwraps in his fight with Cotto, and feel that he can carry the success from the first fight into the second match up. Or, you feel Margarito did cheat against Cotto, and will not have the power necessary to end the fight as he did three years ago.

I personally think Antonio will have difficulty stopping Cotto, and that is likely the only way he can win this fight. Margarito is a mighty pressure fighter with an iron will and a practically unbreakable chin, but is the significantly less skilled fighter of the two.

Unlike their first fight, I do not think Margarito will be able to put in solid work early enough to bank rounds, especially in New York where most people in Madison Square Garden will be supporting Miguel.

Margarito is going to fight like he always does and come forward all night all, winging body shots and looking to wear out Cotto. This time around though, I think Cotto is going to stick to his guns wholeheartedly and not stray from his boxing at all.

Miguel has the foot speed to avoid getting trapped and beaten on, and will be landing anything he throws at will. I expect Cotto to move around effectively while popping primarily the jab as he controls the tempo of the fight and, as such, wins rounds.

Now, under most circumstances I would say Cotto has little chance of stopping Margarito, who, even though he has no defensive skills, has a granite beard. But in this particular instance, Cotto will have an easy target looking him in the face all night: Margarito’s right eye!

The badly damaged and partially artificial eye forced Margarito’s boxing license to be withheld until just last week, and I have no doubt the condition of his eye will be being watched very closely by doctors at ringside.

If Margarito’s eye swells up once again, or is cut badly, I think the New York State Athletic Commission will be more than willing to end the fight to avoid further injury to Antonio’s eye. As well, the fact of the matter is that nobody knows how Antonio’s eye will react to getting smacked over and over in a real fight.

Broken orbital bones alone have a habit of getting re-damaged after being “repaired”, and as far as his cataract lens goes, anything could happen with that.

As miniscule as this next detail seems, the lights at Madison Square Garden could play a role in this fight as well! Despite being joked about on our very own Fightjunkie forums, if Margarito truly is oversensitive to light he could have a tough time fighting effectively on Saturday night.

Miguel Cotto was and will always be the better fighter of the two in this match up, but this time around Cotto has many more advantages than he did three years ago and has a much smaller chance of getting worn down and stopped.

I fully expect a dominant boxing clinic from Cotto, as he moves and jabs and potshots Margarito (and his impaired eye), possibly scoring a late stoppage due to damage to Margarito’s eye. If Cotto doesn’t net himself a revenge stoppage, I still anticipate a one sided decision victory for the Puerto Rican.

Krakrabbit: 7.40 Units On Cotto {-185} & 1.00 Units On Cotto By KO {+340}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Cotto By KO {+340} & 1.00 Units On Cotto By Decision {+125}
Doody: 5.55 Units On Cotto {-185}
D3: 5.55 Units On Cotto {-185}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on Showtime fight fans will be treated to a bantamweight fight when unbeaten Abner Mares, (22-0-1, 13KO’s) faces off with veteran Joseph “King Kong” Agbeko, (28-3, 22KO’s) live from Honda Center, Anaheim, California.

Mares opened as the very slight favorite in the fight and the lines have moved very little since opening. Mares now sits at around -120, and currently you can score +105 on Agbeko.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -450 and the under at +390. Mares by KO comes in at +438, while Mares by decision will get you +150. Agbeko by KO hits the mark at +486, and Agbeko by decision lands at +175. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +2500.

Abner Mares and Joseph Agbeko faced off roughly four months ago in Las Vegas and battled for 12 rounds to a close, but fairly clear split decision win for Mares. Abner and Joseph both had their moments throughout the fight, with Mares taking control early in the bout but only fighting in flurries by the end of the contest.

Likely a large factor in the fight, Mares’ bodywork throughout the contest, ended up being a controversial point of the fight. Abner landed a multitude of hard, legitimate body shots over the course of the fight, but many of them hit the beltline (a gray area when it comes to being a legal punch or not) and a couple shots strayed even further south.

Now, while plenty of people were looking to see Mares get disqualified in that contest, Mares did land the majority of his body shots on either the beltline or above, and only a handful of his body shots were completely illegal.

Despite this fact though, most believe Mares is a dirty fighter and his fan support has been dwindling for a while now. Mares’ body attack has been an aspect of interest in his recent fights, where he got a point deducted in his fight against Vic Darchinyan, which took place eight months before the Agbeko fight. Coincidentally, Mares threw many less “borderline” shots against Darchinyan then he did against Agbeko.

In spite of the controversy that seems to surround him, and the countless close decisions that Mares is a part of (his last three fights have been majority decision, split decision and draw respectively), I do still feel that Abner Mares is a very talented fighter.

The 26-year old is remarkably underrated and well rounded, possessing tight but underutilized boxing skills, a relentless and fairly strong body attack, solid technical skills and good hand speed.

Mares lacks one punch knockout power and is not a powerhouse when it comes to wearing opponents out either, but makes up for it with a varied skillset and noteworthy technique. As well as that, Abner appears to be working on his issue of starting fights too slowly, as he came out aggressively against both Darchinyan and Agbeko, something that was not expected of him.

Abner is not devastating in any one area, but has great skills and is a very promising young fighter. He has no glaring flaws and his body shots, for all the negative attention they get, are extremely sharp (especially his left hook to the body).

Not only that, but Mares has deceptively effective head movement as well. He is no Pernell Whitaker, but has subtle head movement that he uses during combinations that keep him from getting tagged cleanly often.

As far as Joseph Agbeko goes, he is pretty much the opposite of Abner Mares. Agbeko, who has his own fair share of notable fights and wins (including over Yonnhy Perez and Vic Darchinyan), fights much differently than Mares does and embraces a style not completely unlike his former opponent Darchinyan.

Agbeko is a mostly aggressive fighter who typically likes to come forward, but Agbeko throws his punches wide and powerfully. Joseph has excellent conditioning but lacks technical skills and relies on wild punches and a solid work rate to get the job done.

Due to his somewhat reckless style, Agbeko has been caught cleanly in the past. Although most of the knockdowns he suffered recently were not completely legitimate (Perez hurt him with a headbutt and soon after knocked him down, and Mares scored the second knockdown of their fight with a lowblow), Agbeko has had his chin tested on more than one occasion.

Joseph has a solid beard and a strong punch in his right hand, but his technical flaws have forced him to struggle heavily against more technical fighters like Perez and Mares, both of whom managed to defeat him (Agbeko later avenged his loss to Perez).

I believe, as I did in their first fight, that Abner Mares is the better fighter. He is more technically sound, gives Agbeko trouble with his body shots and is the noticeably faster boxer of the two as well. I feel Mares has an edge in every area except punching power (where Agbeko is superior) and the chin department (they are both quite durable).

However I am quite worried that this time around Mares will have the eyes of the world just searching for a chance to take points away from him for body shots.

Abner already pushes the envelope with his body attack these days (and was punished by Robert Howard in the Darchinyan fight), and with many believing Mares will once again be throwing low blows, even the referee could have it out for Abner!

Not only that, but Mares has a bad habit of fighting to very close decisions in fights I feel he clearly wins. He pretty much dominated Darchinyan but only walked away with a majority decision. Most believe he also soundly beat Agbeko, but barely won via split decision with two knockdowns being scored in his favor.

This fight being in California might help shield Mares from getting robbed or unfairly punished by the referee due to past performances and his reputation, but one cannot be certain. If this fight is any closer than their first contest was, Mares will lose either a close decision or via disqualification!

I can’t say for sure if Mares will be able to have a fight that is on the up and up where he is not being overly penalized, but I hope with this fight being in California (where Mares lives), everything will go smoothly.

By no means a fight to mortgage your house over, I do feel confident in Mares putting on another impressive performance on Saturday night. Whether or not “they” will allow him to walk out of the arena with the belt is still a question, and the sole reason why I am not putting more money on Mares.

I do feel, however, that Abner should be able to do enough to win on the judges’ scorecards once again in a somewhat close, but once again clear fight. If Agbeko wins, which I think is somewhat unlikely, I have little doubt it will be via unjust decision or Mares being disqualified due to body shots from an overeager/nervous referee hoping to avoid the controversy their first fight had.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Mares By Decision {+150}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.00 Units On Agbeko {+105}
D3: 2.00 Units On Agbeko {+105}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night fight fans will be treated to light welterweight fight when seasoned veteran Vic “The Raging Bull” Darchinyan, (37-3-1, 27KO’s) faces off with Anselmo Moreno, (31-1-1, 11KO’s) live from Honda Center, Anaheim, California.

Darchinyan opened as the favorite in the fight, but money has only been coming in on Darchinyan recently. Darchinyan now sits at around -250, and currently you can score +200 on Moreno.

The over/under for the bout is set at 10.5 rounds, with the over costing you -225, while the under comes in at +185.

Vic “The Raging Bull” Darchinyan is three months removed from a dominant unanimous decision win over Evans Mbamba which was fought in Armenia where Vic has massive fan support.

Darchinyan was unable to close the show this time around, instead winning a shut-out decision on the scorecards. The win over Mbamba marked his third victory at 118 pounds, with his only losses coming at the hands of Abner Mares and Joseph Agbeko.

“The Raging Bull” has been competing at 118 pounds for the past couple years with mostly success, but as you can see from a quick glance at his recent fights, Darchinyan has had trouble stopping his opponents lately.

Vic, widely regarded as a devastating puncher at the lower weight classes, particularly with his left hand, has not shown the kind of punching power that made him so successful in his career. Despite that fact though, Darchinyan has been able to maintain the rest of the attributes that have led him to an impressive career.

Darchinyan possesses surprisingly quick hands, solid conditioning and enough pop in his left hand to keep opponents off, but not enough to stop them dead in their tracks. Vic is still as infamously wild as ever when he lets his hands go; leaving himself open to getting caught cleanly on his chin, but fortunately for him he often holds the speed advantage when he fights.

Only durable fighters or those who can counter punch Darchinyan have been able to hand him defeat, which is the reason why Darchinyan only has three losses on his otherwise solid record. Vic does not come across aggressive fighters like Mares every day, nor has he faced a great counter puncher like Nonito Donaire since losing to him either.

Darchinyan has always relied purely on speed, punching power and his nontechnical, but awkward style to win his fights and has had his flaws exposed multiple times, but there is no arguing with Darchinyan’s success. For all of his technical shortcomings, Vic still holds a speed advantage over most of his opponents and his left hand from the southpaw stance, despite being expected, has a way of finding its home on a consistent basis.

Anselmo Moreno, like his opponent, is also a title holder and is putting his WBA Super World bantamweight title on the line in this contest. Moreno most recently beat Lorenzo Parra by TKO (Parra quit, sighting an injury) about six months ago.

Moreno is, believe it or not, riding a massive 25-fight win streak coming into this fight having suffered his first and only loss in his 8th professional fight. Since then, Moreno has not had so much as a draw put onto his record going 25-0 (9KOs) over the past nine years.

Anselmo is a little known fighter out of Panama who has put together some notable wins over the course of his career, including Tomas Rojas, two razor close decision wins over Volodymyr Sydorenko and another two tight decision victories over Nehomar Cermeno.

As far as his style goes, Moreno is more of a boxer/counter puncher than anything and, as his record shows, lacks the punching power to be a powerful brawler. More than anything, Moreno seems to love counter punching his opponents while slowing plodding forward, waiting for an opportunity to make his opposition miss.

Anselmo typically comes forward slowly, biding his time until he can rocket off counter punches but while he is successful at that style against low-level competition, he has struggled heavily against better fighters.

Moreno has had a shockingly large amount of very close decisions in his career, all of which have gone his way. He beat Sydorenko twice on the scorecards in Germany somehow, bested the France native Mahyar Monshipour in France on the scorecards, and also managed to outpoint Cermeno in their first fight, which took place in Venezuela.

Somehow, Moreno has been able to get an astonishing amount of close fights fall his way once the decision lies in the hands of the judges, even in hostile territory!

Personally, from everything I know about Moreno, he simply doesn’t impress me. In spite of being a counter puncher, Moreno is not very quick and his stance is, quite frankly, odd. He has a very wide stance that heavily inhibits his movements, forcing him to reset his feet every time he throws or is thrown at.

Not only that, but while his head movement is decent, he often battles slow fighters. And as I’ve mentioned earlier, Anselmo is a very light puncher. Moreno puts next to nothing on his punches when he throws, and even when he lands cleanly it looks as though Moreno could not punch his way out of a wet paper bag.

I am fully confident in Vic Darchinyan in this fight, and feel that he is a part of an entirely different class then Anselmo Moreno. Darchinyan has put himself up against the highest level of competition multiple times, faring well most of the time. The same cannot be said about Moreno, who has struggled drastically when stepping up his level of opposition.

Darchinyan will have a big speed advantage in this contest, and even at 118 pounds is clearly the stronger, more powerful fighter as well. Moreno will undoubtedly be trying to counter punch Darchinyan as he does everyone else, but I feel he will be unsuccessful this time around.

Vic will not be deterred by anything Moreno throws, counter punches or not and I expect “The Raging Bull” to live up to that moniker on Saturday night. Even weak chinned Darchinyan should be able to effortlessly walk through Moreno’s punches and swarm and outwork the Panamanian fighter with ease.

I can’t say for sure if Darchinyan can score the first stoppage of his bantamweight career against Moreno, but I have little doubt Vic Darchinyan will take home another belt in a dominant performance against an overmatched opponent.

Krakrabbit: 11.50 Units On Darchinyan {-230}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.30 Units On Darchinyan {-230}
D3: 2.30 Units On Darchinyan {-230}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on HBO we are treated to a WBA World lightweight title bout between the champion Brandon “Bam Bam” Rios, (28-0-1, 21KO’s) and John Murray, (31-1, 18KO’s) live from the Madison Square Garden, New York, New York.

Rios has been installed as the huge betting favorite and the lines have unsurprisingly not moved much since opening. Currently Rios sits at around -1200. Murray comes in with the underdog money at +650.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at +175 and the under at -250. Rios by KO will cost you -317, while Rios by decision will get you +353. Murray by KO hits the mark at +1158, and Murray by decision lands at +2300. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +9000.

The champion Brandon Rios is riding a huge wave of success at this point in his career and is fresh off a demolition of Urbano Antillon a little over four months ago. Rios and Antillon went to war for three rounds, but from the start it was clear who the better brawler was as Rios battered Antillon with superior speed and for once, better defensive skills as well.

Rios, who ended that fight against the durable Antillon in only three rounds, has not gone the distance in his last 11 fights, with 10 of those fights ending by way of knockout (Rios was awarded a DQ victory last year).

Brandon, as you can see from his record, is a power puncher who puts everything out there when he steps into the ring. Rios throws caution to the wind when he fights, and is an extremely entertaining, albeit risky, fighter.

“Bam Bam” is relentless in his assault when chasing after his opponent and loves nothing more than to slug it out until somebody hits the canvas. Although Rios has been hurt in the past, nobody has been able to outslug him and nobody has been able to survive long enough while boxing to outpoint him either.

Rios has come face to face with adversity on a few occasions, but is one of the most durable and tenacious fighters in the lightweight division. Brandon truly will not stop coming forward unless he is asleep on the floor, and is a “kill or be killed” type of competitor.

Brandon is not very quick and possesses horrible defense, often absorbing everything his opponent throws plus some, but Rios is a pretty hearty puncher inside the ring. “Bam Bam” does not have big one punch knockout power but wears his opposition out quickly and is an outstanding finisher. Not only that, but Rios has a seemingly endless gas tank that gives him a huge advantage in the later rounds of a fight.

I doubt Brandon Rios will be able to sustain this type of style for long, but at only 25 years old Rios still has plenty of time left to continue playing the role of the punching bag that hits back.

John Murray, unlike his opponent, is coming into this contest off a loss. Murray was stopped in eight rounds by Kevin Mitchell about four months ago in what surprisingly ended up being a bit of a war.

The loss to Mitchell marked the first defeat of his career after 31 professional bouts, and up until that point Murray had coasted through a relatively easy career. John had not faced too much adversity and his resume is basically a who’s who of UK-based journeyman and B-level fighters. In fact, up until his 25th fight as a professional, Murray was still facing off with fighters that held negative records!

As far as his actual style goes, Murray is primarily a brawler who likes to come forward and fight on the inside. John has no issue with chasing people down and trying to lure them into a brawl, and up until his last fight, Murray has no issues with that style.

As a matter of fact, Murray is not a terrible inside fighter and performs his brawling style fairly well. He doesn’t get hit cleanly too often and puts together some nice combinations on the inside, and is also pretty skilled at cutting off the ring against boxers who rely on movement.

However, Murray is not a very big puncher and has shown a slight tendency to slow down a bit in the later rounds of fights, moving slower and throwing fewer punches. As well as that, I will be frank here and say that brawling with Brandon Rios will be a death sentence for John Murray.

Before these two even stepped into the ring it is painfully obvious who the more dangerous inside fighter is. Rios has the better chin, conditioning and punching power in this fight. Murray may be able to beat the Andriy Kudryavtsev’s and Jon Thaxton’s of the world on the inside, but will have no hope of replicating that success against Rios.

As well, Murray is not equipped to outbox Rios and I think an attempt to do so would lead to a quick demise, as John does not box in most of his professional bouts.

Quite simply, I think under most circumstances, John Murray has virtually no shot to win this fight. I believe he would need to stop Rios in order to take home the belt, and that seems to have very little chance of happening. Brandon Rios is very flawed, but is one of the best at what he does and what he does is brawling, slugging and going toe-to-toe.

With that said, Brandon had a lot of trouble making weight on Friday and was unable to make the 135-pound limit, losing his title on the scales! Reportedly, Rios went 5 days without eating due to the weight cut, and was also severely dehydrated.

If that was not bad enough, John Murray has only agreed to fight if Rios weighs in on Saturday morning weighing no more than 146 pounds, which Rios apparently agreed to. Brandon is a big guy at 135 pounds, but this weight cut seems to be one of the worst he’s ever had.

Rios’ style will not change, but if he feels weak or is unable to put on the kind of pressure he normally does, he could be in danger of losing this fight.

I still expect a stoppage for Rios, who will likely break Murray down fairly quickly, but his severe weight issues are not going to help me sleep on Friday night. Rios should be able to get the job done, but I am not as confident as I was prior to these discoveries.

Krakrabbit: 6.75 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-225}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.25 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-225}
D3: 2.25 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {-225}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Finland Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday we are treated to a IBA, WBU and WBO title bout between Robert “The Nordic Nightmare” Helenius, (16-0, 11KO’s) and Dereck “Del Boy” Chisora, (15-1, 9KO’s) live from the Hartwall Arena, Helsinki, Finland.

Helenius has been installed as the large betting favorite and has only risen since his line opened. Currently Helenius sits at -650. Chisora comes in with the underdog money at +475.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -130 and the under at +105.

Robert Helenius is attempting to add yet another “name” opponent on his resume on Saturday when he faces Dereck Chisora in his home country of Finland. Helenius has been on a tear recently, defeating a number of increasingly larger named fighters over the past two years.

Beginning with a step up in competition against Taras Bydenko (whom Helenius knocked out quickly), “The Nordic Nightmare” went on to stop Lamon Brewster (essentially ending his career), Samuel Peter and as of only three months ago, Siarhei Liakhovich.

Robert has been making slight steps up in competition in recent years, and his matchmaking has appeared to be quite excellent as he prays on old, worn out, or simply fragile fighters. Despite the fact that most of his opposition has not exactly been in their prime when Helenius fought them, Robert’s resume is rapidly growing to include multiple recognizable heavyweight fighters.

The fighter, who lives in Germany at the moment but is of Finnish descent, has only had 16 professional fights but does seem to be improving a bit every time he steps into the ring.

Now, that is not saying much as I don’t even know if you could consider him a “boxer” early in his career (he is incredibly bad), but judging by his recent appearances it seems that Helenius is, very slowly, getting better.

At nearly 6’7, Helenius is certainly a big boy but unfortunately he is quite a lumbering giant because of it, and that is not a compliment. Robert is slow in every possible way, throwing extremely slow punches, moving like his feet are stuck in quicksand and possessing little to no head movement at all (and if he does move his head, he does it, you guessed it, slowly).

In spite of that though, due to his size most opponents have trouble reaching him and while Helenius is by no means an agile or athletic fighter...at all...he does have some redeeming qualities about him. First off, he is fairly technical when it comes to throwing his punches. He uses his height and reach pretty effectively and rarely ever throws wide shots, usually keeping himself disciplined.

Helenius’ jab is not great, but it does have a lot of length on it and Robert often follows his jab up with a sharp right hand. Undoubtedly the quickest and most powerful strike in his arsenal, Helenius’ right hand is thrown straight with solid power behind it.

Robert, who looks shockingly older than 27, has only been in the sport for a few years and has much to learn. I do not anticipate him getting any faster or more agile, but his technical skills and patience continue to show improvement.

Dereck Chisora, a fellow 16-fight professional, is coming into this contest off a quick six-round decision victory over Remigijus Ziausys, who currently holds a 19-44-3 record and also fights primarily as a cruiserweight.

But alas, Chisora’s most recent opponent is but a representation of his entire career, as Dereck has never exactly been criticized for stepping up in competition too quickly. By far the biggest name on his resume is the extremely faded and never-that-good-to-begin-with Danny Williams, whom Chisora knocked out a year and a half ago.

Aside from that, “Del Boy” has not really beaten anyone of note (I do not consider Sam Sexton to be noteworthy). Chisora did recently suffer the first defeat of his career though, coming at the hands of another heavyweight prospect Tyson Fury less than five months ago. Chisora was surprisingly able to make it 12 rounds, losing a wide and justified unanimous decision.

Stylistically, Dereck is mostly a brawler who lays his cards on the table before he even steps into the ring. Chisora loves to wade forward after his opposition, winging a wild right hand at their head and hoping to find a home for the punch at some point in the fight.

Dereck is never seen boxing, and most of the time the only direction you will see him moving is forward. Chisora can be intimidated though, do not be misled. Dereck fought abysmally against Tyson Fury and showed no desire to exchange with his vastly larger opponent (In fear of getting knocked out).

Which brings me to my next point, while Chisora does have a “money punch” (his right hand) that has led him to a small degree of success in his career, Dereck has a number of highly exploitable flaws.

For one, his technical skills leave a lot to be desired and Chisora can often be seen swinging wide, extremely sloppy (almost slap-like) punches at his foes in a very inaccurate manner. On a related note, Dereck is no defensive wizard and has found himself hurt and hit cleanly in the past, even against the very limited opposition he has faced off with.

Adding to that, Chisora has displayed questionable conditioning when he is forced to tread into deeper waters and that may be due to his fluctuating weight. Chisora has weighed in as low as 240-pounds in the past, but as high as 260-pounds as well!

In fact, Chisora weighed in at an all-time high against Fury (261-pounds) and while he did drop 20 pounds when he fought Ziausys last month, I am just not impressed with his fighting shape at all.

Quite frankly, this appears to be a fight where Robert Helenius is being matched up favorably once again. Helenius will have a large height and reach advantage over Chisora, and I doubt “Del Boy” will be able to simply rush in and land his sloppy punches either, as I think it is clear Chisora will need a knockout to win this fight. While possible, Chisora is going to have a lot of trouble getting to Helenius unless he just tucks his heads and runs in throwing punches, which I highly doubt he will do.

Robert should be able to use his reach effectively and I would not be surprised to see Helenius having a ton of success with everything he throws. The slow heavyweight already picks his punches fairly well inside the ring, and Chisora is a much worse defensive fighter then Liakhovich, who was eventually stopped in nine rounds.

Chisora does nothing special at all and is a sub-par fighter in pretty much every way. That’s not to say Helenius will ever be a big name in the sport (he won’t be, I don’t think he will ever be great), but “The Nordic Nightmare” should be able to effortlessly pick apart Chisora en route to a stoppage.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {+110}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {+110}
D3: 1.00 Units On Under 9.5 Rounds {+110}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Australia Predictions
By Krakrabbit

On Wednesday Australian star Danny “Green Machine” Green, (31-4, 27KO’s) will fight for the WBC cruiserweight title against Krzysztof Wlodarczyk, (45-2-1, 32KO’s), from the Challenge Stadium, Mt Claremont, Western Australia, Australia.

Green opened as the clear betting favorite in the bout but the lines have almost reversed since then with all of the money coming in on the underdog recently. Green sits at -130 while Wlodarczyk supporters can snatch the plus money +105.

The over/under for the bout is set at 10.5 rounds, with the over costing you -125, while the under comes in at +105.

Danny Green is looking to get back into winning ways in his home country of Australia after suffering a humiliating defeat at the hands of veteran Antonio Tarver. Tarver dominated from start to finish, knocking Green down in the second round and thoroughly beating Green for the rest of the fight, forcing Green’s corner to throw in the towel in the ninth round.

Prior to losing his title to 43-year old Tarver, Green was on a 10-fight win streak that included victories over Roy Jones Jr. and BJ Flores. Danny even managed to stop eight of those ten opponents over the last five or so years.

“Green Machine” has a nickname that pretty much describes him; Green is truly a machine. Danny, when at his best (which he was not in the Tarver fight), is a very aggressive fighter who puts on a lot of pressure and throws hard shots all night long.

He is not a complex fighter, as he has significantly slow hand speed, relatively slow feet and a glaring absence of defensive abilities, but Green punches hard and is a durable fighter. He is your typical “tough man” type of brawler who wades forward through everything his opponent dishes out in an attempt to land any leather on his opposition.

However, Danny has not been looking great lately, putting on a so-so performance against Flores and appeared to not even show up to his fight against Tarver. The 38-year old has been in the sport for quite a while (10 years), and may be showing signs of wearing down. As everyone knows, boxing becomes much more difficult as fighters’ age, unless of course your last name is Hopkins.

In addition to what could possibly be father time beating up Green, “Green Machine” has also shown a big vulnerability to one thing throughout his career...southpaws! Three of his four losses have come at the hands of somebody sporting the dreaded southpaw stance, and if you thought Green got hit a lot by orthodox fighters, you haven’t seen anything when he faces a “lefty”.

Danny seems to have no ability to defend against or even see left hands coming at him, as evidenced by his loss to Tarver amongst others, but fortunately for the Australian, Danny will not be forced to fight another southpaw this time.

Green’s opponent Krzysztof Wlodarczyk comes into this fight sporting an impressive record and a nine-fight unbeaten streak. Granted, Krzysztof’s record is littered with countless no-name fighters and primarily C-level competition at best, but Wlodarczyk has racked up a couple decent bouts against fighters like Steve Cunningham and Giacobbe Fragomeni (Krzysztof is 1-1 against Cunningham and 1-0-1 against Fragomeni).

Wlodarczyk is a widely unknown fighter for the most part despite his shiny record, and I feel there is a reason why Krzysztof rarely fights outside his backyard of Poland. Basically a typical “protected European fighter”, Wlodarczyk does nothing impressive inside the ring.

He has so-so hand speed, a decent guard that he often keeps high to protect himself and acceptable, but unimpressive punching power. He is not a horrible fighter physically or technically but simply isn’t explosive in really any way, and prefers to turn fights into slow-paced matches.

Unlike most fighters who try to compete at a slow pace, Krzysztof Wlodarczyk does not have poor conditioning nor is he fond of clinching, but Wlodarczyk does have a bad habit of not letting his punches go.

Wlodarczyk’s punch output is quite low and he picks his shots very carefully while sitting behind that high guard of his. The Polish fighter doesn’t heavily box often and is more often seen plodding forward in a Joshua Clottey-like manner, walking down his opponents but not throwing punches.

As far as how these two fighters match up, I feel there is a pretty significant advantage to Danny Green in this fight. Assuming he is not completely faded or permanently damaged from his first stoppage loss, Green should have the upper hand here.

Danny will be the slower fighter with the inferior defense, as usual, but his pressure and punching power is far superior to Wlodarczyk’s. As well, I doubt Krzysztof has the power necessary to keep Green off of him.

Most importantly though, Wlodarczyk is not an agile boxer nor is he a southpaw, both of which give Green tremendous troubles inside the ring. I expect Green to wear down Wlodarczyk with relentless pressure in classic “Green Machine” fashion, perhaps scoring a late-round stoppage depending on how durable Krzysztof truly is.

There is also the reports that back in July, an unconscious Wlodarczyk was taken to hospital after deliberately overdosing on sleeping pills following an argument with his wife.

Wlodarczyk's manager, Andrzej Wasilewski, who said the suicide reports were completely false said the boxer did have a dispute with his wife and then had trouble sleeping and took too many pills. He was taken to a hospital to have his system flushed.

Whatever the real story behind the trip to the hospital for Wlodarczyk, I fully believe this is a fight that Danny Green is “supposed” to win on Wednesday. He is coming into this fight off a tough loss against a little known fighter who never steps outside of Poland, and Green just so happens to be competing in his home country of Australia as well.

Krakrabbit: 5.20 Units On Green {-130}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.30 Units On Green {-130}
D3: 1.30 Units On Green {-130}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 139 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 139 we are treated to a light heavyweight bout between two living legends in Mauricio “Shogun” Rua, (20-5, 17KO’s, 1 Submission) facing Dan “Hendo” Henderson, (28-8, 13KO’s, 2 Submissions) live from HP Pavillion, San Jose, California.

Rua has been installed as the small betting favorite but the lines have been moving back and forth since opening. Rua currently sits at around –145 while Henderson backers will get +125 odds.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +310 and the Won’t Go at -400. Rua ITD (Inside The Distance) will get you +113, while Rua by decision will get you +542. Henderson ITD hits the mark at +171, and Henderson by decision lands at +700. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +7500.

Mauricio “Shogun” Rua avenged an earlier loss in his career three months ago as he decimated Forrest Griffin and ended the fight by stoppage after only a minute of action.

Rua’s win over Griffin was the first time Mauricio stepped into the cage since being soundly dominated by current champion Jon Jones, who handed Rua his very first KO loss.

The popular Brazilian fighter has not had it easy lately, going 3-2 in his last five outings (albeit that includes a disputed decision loss to Lyoto Machida), but Rua has been fairly consistent for the most part.

Even in defeat, Rua’s style remains the same and even from early in his career Mauricio has always pretty much fought the same way. Mauricio, who was heavily ingrained into the Chute Box camp, is an aggressive, powerful, but surprisingly intelligent fighter.

“Shogun” has one punch knockout power in both hands, and his striking skills are simply outstanding. For years, Rua has been renowned for his punching power but aside from that he also has great head movement, quick hands and devastating leg kicks.

Rua is a master of pushing his opponent back with threatening punches and sharp leg kicks, and even earlier in his career when he severely lacked conditioning, Rua is still a serious threat (at least for the first few minutes of a fight).

At this point of his career though Rua seems to have improved his cardio and went five rounds with Machida with ease. Unfortunately, there is not a ton of rock solid proof that Rua actually is better conditioned, considering he was dead tired after only a round against Jon Jones in that humiliating defeat.

For everything Rua does well on the feet though, Mauricio has a serious weakness to wrestlers. “Shogun” has very poor takedown defense and it seems as though Rua fights like he is the greatest grappler on earth and does not care if he is taken down.

Rua is a Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and not a terrible grappler, mind you, but does very little off his back and is only somewhat threatening in even his best position (deep half guard).

Not only that, but when Rua is put on his back it makes him work harder and he tends to tire quicker when forced into a grappling match. Don’t even think about Rua being in top position, as he never wrestles opponents and his sweeping ability is sub-par at best (considering he is elite level).

Dan “Hendo” Henderson is making a return to the UFC after leaving the organization over two years ago off a KO win over Michael Bisping.

In Henderson’s first fight after leaving the UFC, Dan went on to get dominated by Jake Shields at middleweight. However, Henderson moved up to 205-pounds (and beyond) and won three consecutive fights by knock out while battering Renato Sobral, Rafael Cavalcante and most recently heavyweight legend Fedor Emelianenko.

“Hendo” showcased once again that he is a beast in the sport of MMA and a shockingly well rounded individual. Henderson has lost only once in his last seven fights and despite his age is still competing at a very high level.

The 41-year old fighter has been an elite fighter for many years, and his resume is incredible, and is even better than Mauricio Rua’s. There are countless huge names on Henderson’s resume and “Hendo” has beaten, or at the very least been competitive with all of them.

Although he is an aged fighter, Dan is still an excellent fighter with a large skill-set. Henderson is a Greco-Roman wrestling expert and has the ability to take down virtually any fighter in the UFC’s 205-pound division. His clinch skills are also underrated, and I think his throws within the clinch can be compared to another wrestling master, Josh Barnett.

Not only that, but as everyone knows Henderson has nuclear power in his right hand, often dubbed the “H-Bomb”. Dan has relatively slow hands, but does have one of the best chins in MMA and the power to end the fight in an instant.

His ground and pound is equally devastating, and whether on the feet or on the ground Henderson landing any punches can quickly signal the end of a fight. His Jiu-Jitsu skills are not often seen, but Henderson has shown the ability to escape back to his feet when put on his back or get into a position where he can wrestle his opponent.

Stylistically, I am utterly shocked so many people (including those who set the betting odds for this fight), are favoring Mauricio Rua.

“Shogun” is a fan favorite and is supremely popular, but Henderson has the style to dominate Rua in this contest. Mauricio’s biggest weakness has always been fighting off his back, and Henderson has more than enough ability to not only take down but control Rua with ease.

In my opinion, Dan is a better fighter from top control then Jon Jones, and I think we all know what happened when that fight hit the ground. For those who don’t remember, Jones repeatedly took down Rua and smashed him with ground and pound.

The biggest danger for “Hendo” comes during striking exchanges where Rua will have the quicker hands. I do fully believe Henderson can stun, hurt and possibly stop Rua on the feet, but Mauricio is also a big puncher.

However, the different between the two is that if Henderson hurts Rua, he will be able to finish the fight either on the feet or from top position on the ground. If Rua is able to daze “Hendo”, I think the fight will hit the floor quickly.

I feel “Shogun” will need to score a one punch knockout in order to end the fight early, as even if he stunned Henderson, the old veteran will likely still have enough wits to put Rua on his back while he recovers.

I expect Dan Henderson will effortlessly take Rua down on multiple occasions, destroying Rua with ground and pound and quickly tiring out the Brazilian. I see no chance Rua can sweep or submit the experienced Henderson either.

The chances of Henderson scoring a stoppage himself is also there, as he will be the better conditioned fighter (Henderson looks fantastic at 205-pounds, but terrible at 185-pounds) and is highly skilled in fighting from top control and wearing his opponents out.

Not only that, but a very important factor in this fight is that the contest will be a 5-round bout. Rua has only gone five full rounds once before, and I highly doubt even a well-conditioned version of Rua will be able to avoid severe fatigue after a couple of rounds.

Krakrabbit: 4.00 Units On Henderson {+130}
Boxeo: 4.00 Units On Henderson {+130}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.00 Units On Henderson {+130}
D3: 3.00 Units On Henderson {+130}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 139 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 139, MMA fans will be treated to a welterweight fight when Cung Le, (7-1, 6KO’s) faces off with Wanderlei “The Axe Murderer” Silva, (33-11,-1 23KO’s, 3 Submissions) from the Key Arena, Seattle, Washington.

Silva opened the contest as the very small betting favorite but the lines have since reversed with Le sitting as the favorite at around -135. Currently you get Silva at +115.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +310, and the Won’t Go at -400. Le ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -104, while Le by decision will reward you with you with +622. Silva ITD hits the mark at +198, and Silva by decision lands at +600. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +7000.

Wanderlei Silva, undoubtedly the more well-known fighter of this match up, is coming into this fight off yet another heartbreaking loss, this time at the hands of power punching Chris Leben. Silva fought a surprisingly short time ago (four months) but unfortunately was blasted out in only 27 seconds by Leben.

Silva, a popular MMA legend and former Pride star, has lost three of his last five and of his more recent defeats, Wanderlei has been knocked out twice out of last five outings (by Leben and Rampage Jackson).

While both of those knockout losses came at the hands of big punchers, I believe at this point of his career even many of his biggest fans are suggesting for him to call it quits. Wanderlei has failed to impress in years and his stint in the 170-pound weight class does not seem to be agreeing with his body.

The 35-year old fighter made his welterweight debut against Michael Bisping, winning a lackluster decision then suffered his first loss at 170-pounds against Leben.

“The Axe Murderer” has made a name for himself throughout his career as being a devastating puncher and excellent striker, but after his long career it appears Silva is rapidly running out of gas. Wanderlei’s punch resistance is severely diminished and practically anything can put his lights out in an instant these days.

As well as that, despite his permanently damaged durability, Silva refuses to take fights to the ground and insists on striking with all of his opponents.

Wanderlei is a Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and a pretty solid one at that, but despite constantly training with fellow Black Belts and accomplished Jiu-Jitsu specialists Vitor Vianna and Sidney Silva, “The Axe Murderer” never so much thinks about a takedown inside the cage.

Silva will very likely be fighting for his career on Saturday night when he fights Cung Le. If Wanderlei loses once again, this should be the final time we see him fighting.

Cung Le is making his UFC debut in this fight, and his most recent outing saw him decimate Scott Smith in two rounds in the Strikeforce organization.

Le, who has been spending much of his time acting in movies, is faced yet again with a large layoff coming into a fight. It has been over 17 months since Le last stepped into the cage, and I am not too excited about the idea of him returning after another long layoff.

The last time Le fought after taking so much time off, he was surprisingly stopped by Scott Smith in the final round of their first contest. The amount of time he took off before suffering that loss (the only of his career), hit the mark at 21 months.

When he is not bogged down by ring rust (or “cage corrosion”, if you must), Le has displayed outstanding striking skills. A master of Sanshou, Le possesses very quick hands and feet, and has some devastating kicks in his arsenal.

In fact, Le’s offense primarily relies on kicks of all kinds. The results do not lie though, as Le has been able to stop every person he has faced off with.

His speed and the force he generates with his kicks is quite remarkable, and the fact of the matter is that Le never struggles against anyone in striking matches. Even Le’s loss to Smith was brought on primarily by fatigue, which was caused by his extreme layoff.

Cung’s grappling is suspect, as it has never really been tested (even against grapplers Frank Shamrock and Jason Von Flue), but I doubt it will become an issue in this match up. Like Cung, Wanderlei Silva has no desire to take fights to the ground.

I believe this is an interesting matchup, but one that has a pretty clear outcome. Cung Le could be a star in the UFC if he was not so distracted with acting, but for the time being I feel this is a fight that Le should be able to win.

Wanderlei is an imposing figure in the sport of MMA but his chin is simply not durable anymore, and I feel Le will be able to expose that. Silva, as always, has the chance of scoring that miraculous one-punch knockout but I highly doubt he will come close to doing such a thing.

Le will have a monumental speed advantage in this fight and his rangy kicks should keep Wanderlei from bum rushing after him with punches (not that Wanderlei does that often anymore).

Cung has more than enough power in his punches and kicks to shatter Silva’s chin once and for all, and I fully expect another stoppage loss on Wanderlei’s record by the end of the night. I am shocked the betting odds are as close as they are, considering Le’s impressive striking and Silva’s inability to take hard punches or dish them out (Wanderlei has not scored a knockout since 2008 against Keith Jardine of all people).

Krakrabbit: 5.00 Units On Le {+100}
Boxeo: 5.00 Units On Le {+100}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.00 Units On Le {+100}
D3: 2.00 Units On Le {+100}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 139 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 139 we are treated to a bantamweight bout between Urijah “The California Kid” Faber, (25-5, 7KO’s, 13 Submissions) and Brian Bowles, (10-1, 3KO’s, 6 Submissions) live from the TD Garden, Boston, Massachusetts.

Faber has been installed as the betting favorite and his line has only moved higher since opening with Faber coming in at -230 and Bowles backers getting the underdog money at +190.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -265 and the Won’t Go at +185. Faber ITD (Inside The Distance) will get you +479, while Faber by decision will cost you -140. Bowles ITD hits the mark at +375, and Bowles by decision lands at +459. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +6500.

Faber is only four months removed from a hard-fought unanimous decision loss at the hands of current champion Dominick Cruz at UFC 132. Despite the very wide scores, Faber put up a great fight, knocking down Cruz multiple times over the course of the fight.

Urijah fell victim to the occasional takedown (although he got up almost immediately), and was quite inactive on the feet, but proved to be a difficult challenger to Cruz.

“The California Kid” has won two of his three fights in the bantamweight division though, pretty soundly beating Takeya Mizugaki and Eddie Wineland. Faber, a former featherweight fighter (before getting smashed by Jose Aldo), is one of the best fighters the 135-pound division has to offer.

Faber is only a Brown Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu but is a specialist in grappling from the top or bottom. Urijah is very good at getting up off his back, his sweeps off the bottom are underrated and he has a very tight Guillotine Choke. Not only that, but Faber has a devastating top control and is adept at sinking in Rear-Naked Chokes as well.

In addition to the typical skills in BJJ, Faber is also a very good striker and a shockingly skilled wrestler. Urijah is a Division I wrestler, has a strong double-leg takedown and is powerful in the clinch.

As for his striking, Faber has very quick hands and an iron chin to boot. Faber has had issues in the past with his technical skills, but since his losses to Mike Thomas Brown seems to be much more disciplined on the feet. Urijah is also a fairly underrated puncher. Although he does not own a lot of knockouts, Faber has been known to stun durable fighters on the feet like Raphael Assuncao and Dominick Cruz.

Urijah is extremely well rounded and the 7-year veteran of the sport seems to still be improving. He has shown the occasional issue with being bullied by stronger opponents, but at 135-pounds Faber is very large for the weight and is usually the bigger fighter.

Brian Bowles is coming into this fight riding a two-fight win streak with his most recent victory coming over the tough Takeya Mizugaki via somewhat close, but unanimous decision.

Despite his relative inexperience, Bowles is a former title holder who has been through quite a lot in his somewhat short professional career.

Brian shocked the MMA community when he knocked out Miguel Torres to win the WEC title, but was unable to defend it even one time before getting battered by Dominick Cruz in a title losing effort that saw Bowles get stopped due to a broken hand.

Bowles’ resume is nowhere near as impressive as Urijah Faber’s, but Brian has faced off with some solid opposition, even from early in his career. Charlie Valencia, Marcos Galvao and Damacio Page (twice) dot his resume, in addition to former/current champions (Torres and Cruz).

Stylistically, it is probably best to describe Bowles as a striker. Brian has won the majority of his fights by submission, but likes to stand and test his boxing ability against most opponents.

Bowles has fast hands, but unfortunately is very technically flawed on the feet. Too often, Brian will end up swinging wildly at his opponent and leave himself open to getting counter punched. As well as that, Bowles throw punches like he has massive power, but Brian is really a relatively weak hitter.

Bowles has only scored three knockouts in his career, and is not exactly a specialist on the ground either (his Guillotine choke is probably his best weapon).

In my mind, Urijah Faber is vastly superior in every way. He is the better striker with more punching power, is more refined technically, has much better grappling and is a very solid wrestler.

I highly doubt Bowles will be able to get anything going in this fight and I think he will be outstruck, and more importantly, outwrestled throughout the fight. I would not be surprised to see a submission win for Faber either, despite what the odds suggest.

Urijah has a deadly Rear Naked Choke and Bowles will not be able to compete with the “California Kid” on the mat and there is also the chance Bowles gets tagged in between one of his wild shots and hits the floor.

Krakrabbit: 9.25 Units On Faber {-185} & 2.00 Units On Faber ITD {+479}
Boxeo: 9.25 Units On Faber {-185}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.85 Units On Faber {-185}
D3: 1.85 Units On Faber {-185}

Fight Junkie MMA

11/19/11
 

UFC 139 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 139, MMA fans will be treated to a welterweight fight when Rick “Horror” Story, (13-4, 3KO’s, 3 Submissions) battles Martin “Hitman” Kampmann, (17-5, 7KO’s, 6 Submissions) from the HP Pavillion, San Jose, California.

Story opened the contest as a small favorite and surprisingly money has been flowing in on Story since the lines opened, with Story currently resting at about -140 and Kampmann sitting at +120.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -280 and the Won’t Go at +220. Story ITD (Inside The Distance) will get you +385, while Story by decision will get you +135. Kampmann ITD hits the mark at +506, and Kampmann by decision lands at +200. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +3000.

Rick Story is looking to get back to his winning ways after dropping a competitive, but clear unanimous decision to Charlie Brenneman roughly five months ago. Story came into that contest as a big favorite over the late replacement Brenneman, but was soundly outwrestled throughout the contest.

Rick showcased some decent grappling skills, even off his back but was unable to put any real offense together and was essentially forced to fight the entire contest on his back.

Prior to that loss, Story racked up six straight wins including respectable victories over Johny Hendricks and Thiago Alves. In fact, despite early struggles in his career, Story has put together a solid 6-2 record within the UFC.

“Horror” Story was a pretty poor fighter years ago but has evolved over time and has a style that can pose problems to plenty of fighters. Rick made his career off his wrestling ability, something the former collegiate wrestler does quite well, but Story has also become a more well-rounded fighter overall and has improved his striking skills over time.

Rick is not a big puncher and he lacks sound defensive skills, but pushes a strong pace and has a fairly high work rate. Story has a habit of getting tagged on the feet occasionally (see his bout against Alves), but has a solid chin and a large gas tank.

As far as his grappling goes, Story is actually a little underrated when it comes to his submission ability. Rick can, at times, fall into “lay and pray” when he gets his opponent to the mat but if a submission opportunity presents itself Story has been known to seize it (his submission over Brian Foster and multiple, very tight, submission attempts against Brenneman are proof of that).

I was never really impressed with Story as far as his technique goes but Rick has an iron will and solid conditioning, and as you can see from some of his victories over high level fighters, Story continues to improve over the course of his career.

Martin Kampmann is also hoping to get a “W” on his record after losing two back to back fights in very close and somewhat disputed decision losses to Jake Shields and most recently Diego Sanchez.

Kampmann and Sanchez went back and forth for three rounds with Kampmann continually stuffing Diego’s takedown attempts while counter punching on the feet. Sanchez meanwhile pushed a hard pace and outworked Kampmann throughout the fight.

The bout was declared a unanimous decision win for Sanchez, a verdict that had many fight fans split on whether or not it was the right decision. The same thing happened when Kampmann fought Shields, as the fight was declared a split decision win for Shields to some dispute, as Kampmann soundly outstruck his opponent but was, in that case, taken down multiple times.

“Hitman” is not a very well-known fighter in the UFC but has faced his fair share of veterans over the course of his career such as Thales Leites, Nate Marquardt, Paul Daley, Carlos Condit, Jacob Volkmann, Paulo Thiago and of course Shields and Sanchez.

For the most part, Kampmann has been able to pull out the victory even against very talented fighters, and is a silent threat in the welterweight division. Martin does not technically have any impressive credentials as far as his wrestling or striking goes, but is a Brown Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu under the highly respected Robert Drysdale.

Despite his lack of real “accomplishments” outside of MMA, the important thing is that Kampmann is incredibly well rounded inside the cage. Martin is an outstanding fighter overall, with excellent striking and a sharp grappling game and as a matter of fact does not have any real technical flaws.

His counter punching is impressive Kampmann has very respectable punching power, and his takedown defense is some of the best in the 170-pound division. Not to mention the fact that Kampmann possesses very sneaky submissions that he can latch onto in an instant, as Kampmann showed in his fight against Volkmann.

However, while Martin is talented, he has had serious durability issues in the past. Kampmann has been stopped three times and Diego Sanchez was able to hurt him and wear him down over the course of their three-round battle as well.

In this case though, I do not think Martin will have anything to worry about as far as being knocked out goes. I highly doubt Rick Story has the punching power necessary to end the fight early, and Kampmann’s chin, while having been cracked open in the past, is not that bad (getting stopped by Marquardt and Daley is not shameful).

As far as the styles go, I think this match up supremely favors the “Hitman” Martin Kampmann. Martin is the much better fighter of the two, and has vastly superior striking skills in addition to a deadlier grappling game.

The only question is whether or not Story will be able to grind his way to a decision by taking down Kampmann and holding him on the mat. I personally believe Kampmann will be able to stifle Story’s takedowns with ease in this fight.

Martin has battled many wrestlers and knows how to avoid being taken down, or even held up against the cage. Story will not be able to throw him to the ground and I think Kampmann is far too slick to be held up against the cage as time ticks off the clock.

I expect Kampmann to dominate this fight quite honestly. Story will undoubtedly be trying to outwork Kampmann on the feet if he cannot get the fight to the ground, and it will be up to Kampmann to counter punch effectively without letting himself get outworked.

I am confident Martin can do just that, as he tees off on Story throughout the fight while stuffing any takedown attempts from “Horror” Story. I think a submission win for Kampmann is possible as well.

I doubt Martin can knock out Story (Alves was not able to come close to doing it, and he is arguably a bigger puncher), but I could envision Kampmann battering Story on the feet and forcing Rick to fall into a submission during a takedown attempt or a scramble (perhaps a Guillotine).

Krakrabbit: 3.00 Units On Kampmann {+135}
Boxeo: 3.00 Units On Kampmann {+135}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Kampmann {+135}
D3: 1.00 Units On Kampmann {+135}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

This Saturday night Manny “Pac-Man” Pacquiao, (53-3-2, 38KO’s) will face off with rival Juan Manuel Marquez, (53-5-1, 39KO’s) for the WBO welterweight championship of the world live from the MGM Grand, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Pacquiao opened the contest as the very large betting favorite in the fight and the lines have slowly moved in favor of the Pac-Man since opening. Currently you can get Pacquiao at -800 and Marquez at + 550.

The O/U for the fight has been set at 10.5 rounds, with the over hitting the mark at +105 and the under coming in at -125. Pacquiao by KO comes in at -140, while Pacquiao by decision will get you +186. Marquez by KO hits the mark at +1008, and Marquez by decision lands at +950.

Manny Pacquiao and Juan Manuel Marquez will be looking to seal up their saga on Saturday night after competing for 24 rounds and the fights ending as up a controversial draw and a heavily disputed split decision win for Pacquiao.

Pacquiao has been on a tear for years now despite moving up in weight multiple times, and has not tasted defeat since 2005 when fighting Eric Morales. Manny’s early career consisted of a couple losses to mostly no-name fighters and a resume that sported a lot of no-name opponents, but when Pacquiao began to face off with better opposition he found himself struggling heavily.

He had the draw against Marquez and a loss to Morales within a couple years of each other, but after the loss to Morales little Manny Pacquiao seemed to turn a corner. He stopped Morales in their rematch, and destroyed Morales once again in the rubber match. After that point, “Pac-Man” did not struggle much at all until he faced off with Juan Manuel Marquez for a second time in early 2008.

Since that fight, which went Pacquiao’s way on the judges’ scorecards, Manny has fought in four higher weight classes, defeating all of his opponents with ease.

As it has been noted many times over the years, Pacquiao has been able to maintain, and even improve his speed and punching power as he gains weight and faces bigger opponents. Although Pacquiao has gone to the scorecards in his last three fights, Manny has been easily defeating and even stunning his much larger opponents in his recent outings.

Pacquiao hurt Joshua Clottey a couple of times in their lackluster fight, practically decimated Antonio Margarito more recently, and knocked down Shane Mosley in the third round of their contest six months ago.

Manny is exceptionally quick and has developed a pretty powerful right hook recently as well, He still has some defensive flaws and his style of jumping in and out is dangerous, but you cannot argue with his results over the past couple of years. Fighters like Clottey, Margarito and Mosely are quite large, especially compared to Pacquiao, and “Pac-Man” has no trouble with any of them.

Pacquiao can still be a bit flawed technically but his shocking amount of punching power in addition to his speed give his opponents serious problems inside the ring. The fact that apparently, Pacquiao can land a single shot on an iron-chinned fighter like Shane Mosley and zap the fight right out of him makes him a deathly opponent.

Juan Manuel Marquez is also coming into this fight riding a win streak, albeit a much smaller one. Marquez has won his last three fights with notable victories over Juan Diaz and Michael Katsidis being included and also fought only four months ago against Likar Ramos in a suspicious fight that lasted only a minute.

Marquez is well known in the boxing world and is a legend in the sport of boxing. Juan Manuel has a stellar resume with countless big name fighters dotting it over the course of his 18-year professional career.

Juan Manuel, who is trained by fellow legend “Nacho” Beristain, is a very skilled technician inside the ring with seemingly unbreakable will, solid punching power and deceiving hand speed.

Marquez has made a name for himself as being able to counter punch extremely effectively as well as brawl with the best of them. Juan Manuel has been hurt and knocked down countless times over the course of his career but recovers very quickly and has been able to say he has never been knocked out despite his hard-hitting resume.

However, while Marquez has been known as a force to be reckoned with, particularly at the lower weight classes, Juan Manuel has not been looking spectacular in recent years.

Marquez struggled very heavily against Juan Diaz (the first time) back in early 2009 before stopping the “Baby Bull”, was simply manhandled and battered by Floyd Mayweather eight months later, looked unimpressive against Diaz in their rematch and more recently struggled against Michael Katsidis in a fight he was knocked down hard in.

I am the first to give Marquez his just due based off his great skill and accomplishments, but I believe at the age of 38 Juan Manuel may be slowing down. Marquez has never had incredible defense or a fantastic chin in the first place, but his counter punching skills in particular seem to be less deadly lately, even against poor defensive fighters like Katsidis.

Not only that, but when Marquez strays above his natural weight class I have been unimpressed with him. I can give him a pass at 135-pounds, where Marquez does not look great but continues to win, but when Juan Manuel fought at a mere 142-pounds against Mayweather, it was truly a terrible sight.

Marquez was easily counter punched and battered, even getting knocked down in the fight. In fact, I believe if Mayweather had more killer instinct, Marquez would have been stopped in that contest.

This third fight with Manny Pacquiao is being contested at a 144-pound catch weight, and I feel this is a monumental advantage for “Pac-Man”.

Pacquiao has been fighting well above 135-pounds for years now and continues to dominate his opposition...the same cannot be said for Marquez. When Pacquiao and Marquez squared off the first two times, they fought at 125 and 130 pounds.

Manny is now defeating giants who have fought at 154-pounds, while Marquez did absolutely nothing against Mayweather while weighing in at 142-pounds.

Another large factor in this fight is the fact that Pacquiao easily hurt and knocked down Marquez four times in total at the significantly lower weight classes in the past, and there is nothing to suggest Marquez will have any easier of a time handling Pacquiao’s punching power.

Actually, I believe Pacquiao’s ability to stun vastly larger opponents with granite chins (such as Margarito and Mosley) despite being outsized will play a large role in this bout. Marquez will be moving up in weight and facing off with somebody who is a much better puncher then Floyd Mayweather and Michael Katsidis, both of whom badly hurt Marquez.

It is easily said that their first two fights were action packed wars, but this time around I expect nothing less than a blowout. For as iron-willed and crafty as he is, I think Juan Manuel will have serious trouble taking what Pacquiao will be dishing out this time around.

The same can’t be said for Marquez, who, despite stunning Pacquiao back in the day, should have difficulties sending Manny on wobbling legs this time around. Manny has shown the ability to take solid blows from much bigger fighters, and Marquez never even knocked Pacquiao down in their first two fights, so there’s nothing to suggest he can do anything more this time then he did in previous attempts.

In fact, I believe Manny will begin to show his power very early in the fight, and as crazy as it may sound I feel a very early round stoppage is entirely possible. I highly doubt even the legend Juan Manuel Marquez will make it 8 rounds, and a knockout within 5 or so rounds it not out of the question at all.

Krakrabbit: 10.00 Units On Pacquiao By KO {+150} {Vegas Odds}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: 3.60 Units Won’t Go 10.5 Rounds {-120} & 3.00 Units On Pacquiao By KO {+150} {Vegas Odds}
Doody: 5.00 Units On Pacquiao By KO {+150} {Vegas Odds} & 6.00 Units On Won’t Go 10.5 Rounds {-120}
D3: 5.00 Units On Pacquiao By KO {+150} {Vegas Odds} & 6.00 Units On Won’t Go 10.5 Rounds {-120}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Fox 1 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Fox 1, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight title fight when Cain Velasquez, (9-0, 8KOs) battles Junior “Cigano” Dos Santos, (13-1, 8KO’s, 3 Submissions) from the Honda Center, Anaheim, California.

Velasquez opened the contest as the very slight betting favorite, and recently a bit of cash has been coming in on Velasquez. Currently you can get Velasquez at -175 and Dos Santos at +145.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +250, and the Won’t Go at -350. Velasquez ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +110, while Velasquez by decision will reward you with +495. Dos Santos ITD hits the mark at +179, and Dos Santos by decision lands at +515. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8000.

The champion in this matchup most recently stepped into the cage against former champion Brock Lesnar about 13 months ago, and put on an impressive performance over the four minutes the bout lasted.

Velasquez ran through Lesnar in surprising fashion, stopping the durable fighter in only one round and taking home the UFC heavyweight belt in the process.

Unfortunately, Cain has been inactive since that fight due to a torn rotator cuff on his right shoulder that put him out of action for quite a while.

He suffered the injury right after his bout with Lesnar, and between letting it heal naturally and surgery, was forced to avoid hard training until July of this year (giving Velasquez five months of his typical training in preparation of this fight).

So far in his career, Cain Velasquez has displayed incredible skills though, going a perfect 7-0 in the UFC, with six of those wins coming by knockout. Despite his inexperience, Velasquez has also been thrown in with elite fighters from early in his career.

Velasquez’s resume is quite solid already, and includes wins over Cheick Kongo, Ben Rothwell, Antonio Rodrigo Nogueira and Brock Lesnar in his last four outings alone. Cain has looked very solid in every fight, and the most trouble anyone gave him was when he squared off with Kongo, getting knocked down a couple of times but otherwise dominating.

Cain’s skills continue to grow while training at American Kickboxing Academy and Velasquez is a very well rounded young fighter.

He is a powerful wrestler with impressive credentials (a Division I wrestler with a solid record), a Brown Belt in Guerrilla Jiu-Jitsu (basically Jiu-Jitsu with a large emphasis on devastating top control) and has showcased big punching power in the past.

Velasquez has serious power in both hands, and the only man to go the distance with him is the durable Cheick Kongo, whom Velasquez fought in only his sixth professional fight.

As well as that, don’t let Velasquez’s quick stoppages fool you, Cain is a conditioning beast who has tremendous endurance and a high workrate. He has only been past the second round once, but I have seen nothing to suggest Velasquez cannot keep a strong pace for the duration of a fight.

Velasquez’s ground and pound is another aspect of his game that is improving. Previously consisting of “pitty-pat” ground and pound, Velasquez now drops powerful bombs onto his opponents when on the ground.

Cain can occasionally have some defensive lapses on the feet, but Velasquez has a solid chin to take what he cannot avoid and has the punching power to dish out some punishment of his own. I do believe that Cain’s striking is improving though, and he has even shown the ability to throw some strong kicks recently as well.

Junior “Cigano” Dos Santos is himself fresh off a dominant win, controlling Shane Carwin for three effortless rounds en route to a shutout unanimous decision. Dos Santos has not tasted defeat in four years, and has won his last eight fights, including seven in the UFC.

The Brazilian fighter has gone to the scorecards in his past two fights (against the durable Roy Nelson and Shane Carwin), but is renowned for his punching power. Having stopped the majority of his opponents including Fabricio Werdum and Gilbert Yvel, Dos Santos has made name for himself as carrying knockout power in both hands.

However, unlike Cain Velasquez, Junior’s punching power comes from the momentum of his strikes, not the technical placement of them. Dos Santos is a fairly wild striker who throws wide, but powerful, punches and can oftentimes be seen avoiding counter punches by inches.

Despite his aggressive and somewhat reckless striking, Dos Santos’ chin has not really been tested and he has rarely been hit cleanly (Roy Nelson was one of the few fighters to hit him cleanly, but that after Nelson fatigued badly).

In addition to his dangerous punching power, Dos Santos is also a Brown Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu training under Antonio Rodrigo Nogueira and middleweight champion Anderson Silva. Dos Santos’ ground game is almost never seen, but I think it would be almost impossible for Cain Velasquez to tap out Junior Dos Santos in this fight.

While “Cigano” does seem to be pretty well rounded, he has shown some vulnerability in the past. Dos Santos’ takedown defense is questionable in my mind, considering so few fighters have attempted to shoot on him, and I also do not trust his conditioning at all.

In his past two fights, Dos Santos showed signs of tiring in the later portion of the fight and his punch output was significantly reduced after he slowed down. In fact, Dos Santos even wrestled Nelson and Carwin, likely in an attempt to get some rest on the ground.

I feel this fight could go one of two ways but that both fighters have a shot to pull out the win. Either Junior Dos Santos will land something that Velasquez cannot stand up to and win via stoppage in the first, or, at best, second round or the current champion will dominate this match up. I lean towards the latter option.

Cain Velasquez is a more well-rounded and frankly, accomplished fighter who has all the tools necessary to exploit the areas in which Dos Santos is weak. Cain may not effortlessly win a kickboxing match (it will be competitive), but I can easily envision Velasquez using his wrestling to test Dos Santos’ grappling skills off his back.

I highly doubt the similarly sized Junior Dos Santos will be able to defend against Velasquez’s powerful takedown attempts when Cain has already thrown down much larger fighters like Cheick Kongo and Brock Lesnar in the past.

I very much like the UFC heavyweight champion in this fight and I believe Cain can even hang around in a striking match. Velasquez is tough and shouldn’t be as easily dispatched of as other fighters Dos Santos has faced off.

I suspect Velasquez will control the fight with his excellent top control and fast pace, and I think a stoppage is very possible any time after the first 8 or so minutes of action when Dos Santos begins to slow down and become more passive. In fact, a stoppage becomes more likely for Velasquez as the fight progresses, and by the 4th and 5th round Dos Santos should be ripe for the taking (assuming he lasts that long).

Krakrabbit: 5.50 Units On Velasquez {-110}
Boxeo: 11.00 Units On On Velasquez {-110}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 5.50 Units On On Velasquez {-110}
D3: 5.50 Units On On Velasquez {-110}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

HBO Predictions
By Krakrabbit

This Saturday night HBO features a 12-round fight between Alfredo “El Perro” Angulo, (20-1, 17KO’s) facing off against James Kirkland, (29-1, 26KO’s) live from the Centro de Cancun, Cancun, Quintana Roo, Mexico.

Angulo comes into the contest as the favorite in the bout at -275 and money has been coming in on Kirkland since opening. Kirkland gets the underdog cash at +215.

The O/U for the fight has been set at 8.5 rounds, with the over at +170 and the under coming in at -200. Angulo ITD comes in at -150, while Angulo by decision is +526. Kirkland by ITD hits the mark at +260, and Kirkland by decision lands at +1200. The odds the fight is declared a draw land at +4000.

Alfredo Angulo, the favorite in this match up, is coming into this fight off a very quick (and frankly suspicious) victory over Joseph Gomez just a couple months ago in Mexico.

Angulo, who has been having issues with immigration (apparently he was in the United States illegally), is riding a five-fight win streak since suffering his first and only defeat at the hands of Kermit Cintron two years ago.

Alfredo has also stopped all of those five opponents, but to be fair Angulo’s competition level over the past two years has been quite thin. The biggest name Angulo has faced off with recently is Joel Julio, who managed to go 11 rounds before getting knocked out.

“El Perro” has been consistent in most of his career though, stopping the vast majority of his opposition including iron chinned fighters such as Cosme Rivera and other durable boxers like Gabriel Rosado.

When Angulo gets in the ring with less rough fighters, Angulo often knocks them out quickly and devastatingly (Angulo smashed through Harry Joe Yorgey and Joachim Alcine more recently).

Alfredo is an aggressive fighter who constantly comes after his opponents and despite the reputation of being somewhat of a slow starter; Angulo has earned his fair share of early knockouts. Not only that, but even early in a contest Angulo possesses the punching power to end the fight in an instant.

“El Perro” has shown a vulnerability to getting outboxed (he doesn’t have the quickest feet, or the quickest hands) and has less-then-stellar defensive skills, but is a devastating puncher who is pretty durable as well.

Angulo is no world beater but his knockout power has carried him to a successful career thus far, and his one loss to Cintron was in a fight that Angulo was allegedly sick coming into.

Unlike his opponent, James Kirkland is still trying to rebuild himself after getting knocked out hard by Nobuhiro Ishida in under two minutes seven months ago. Since that loss (in which Kirkland was effortlessly blasted out by the light hitting Japanese fighter), Kirkland rebounded with two unimpressive wins over Dennis Sharpe and Alexis Hloros.

Prior to his loss, James was riding a massive wave of hype that portrayed him as a hard-hitting, fast, talented fighter with title-winning potential. However, while many fight fans are more knowledgeable about the kind of fighter Kirkland really is after his first loss, I believe the truth was always there to be seen.

Throughout his career Kirkland has always shown the same glaring flaws and weaknesses, and is essentially a one-trick pony inside the ring. Like Angulo, Kirkland is a very hard puncher and is quicker than “El Perro” as well, but James has always displayed a horrible chin, something that cannot be fixed.

Kirkland has been stunned badly multiple times in his career, and his KO loss to Ishida was a way of showing the world that. Even in one of his two comeback fights since the loss, Kirkland was stunned while trying to finish off an opponent.

James Kirkland is a strong puncher but has a habit of getting too wild inside the ring, and doesn’t have the defensive skills or chin to back up his reckless aggression.

Quite frankly, I’m surprised this fight is even happening. This matchup has been talked about for a long time but after Kirkland was knocked out, I thought the idea of James taking on Alfredo was a pipe dream.

Even more surprising to me are the betting odds in this fight. Angulo opened as a fairly large favorite (although smaller then I expected), but money has been coming in on Kirkland in mostly one-sided action since the lines opened.

I think this is a somewhat dangerous, but nonetheless very easy fight for the Mexican Alfredo Angulo. Kirkland is a big puncher and might have a shot to exploit Angulo’s defensive flaws, but is the much less durable fighter in this match up.

Angulo should be able to land something, anything, early in this contest and end the night. It will take next to nothing from Alfredo to put Kirkland on Queer Street and I am very confident this is a fight that Angulo will walk away as the winner in.

I just think Kirkland’s chin is far too shaky for him to take home the victory. James’ best shot to win is via knockout very early in the fight (first or second round) and likely has to catch Angulo with a counter shot to dent Alfredo’s chin.

Angulo, on the other hand, can end the fight in one moment with a big shot and Kirkland has not shown a good ability to recover from getting hit cleanly. I expect a very early knockout win for Angulo in what could be a good fight for the short amount of time it lasts.

Krakrabbit: 9.00 Units On Angulo By KO {-150}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: 2.50 Units On Angulo {-250}
Doody: 7.50 Units On Angulo By KO {-150}
D3: 7.50 Units On Angulo By KO {-150}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

Showtime Predictions
By Krakrabbit

This Saturday night features current IBF super middleweight champion Lucian “Le Tombeur” Bute, (29-0, 24KO’s) squaring off with the experienced Glen “The Road Warrior” Johnson, (51-15-2, 35KO’s) from Pepsi Coliseum, Quebec City, Quebec, Canada.

The line opened with Bute as the massive betting favorite in the fight, and the lines have not moved much since opening. Bute currently sits at –1000 and Johnson at +650.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over currently coming in at -370 and the under at +310. Bute by KO comes in at +241, while Bute by decision will cost you -200. Johnson by KO hits the mark at +857, and Johnson by decision lands at +3300. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +4000.

Lucian Bute is coming into this off riding a very impressive string of knockouts, having stopped his last six opponents including knockout victories over Brian McGee, Jesse Brinkley and Librado Andrade.

Bute has been facing criticism for a while now for not fighting “top competition”, but the fact of the matter is that no matter who Bute faces off with he often looks spectacular.

Lucian has not struggled in a fight since squaring off with Librado Andrade (the first time) back in 2008 and has avoided getting himself in trouble before or after that fight.

“Le Tombeur”, who lives in Canada, is, quite simply, a very good fighter. Bute has a ton of natural talent, and has just about perfected a style that has carried him to 29 victories in his career.

Lucian has quick hands, good head and foot movement, excellent technical skills and some devastating counter punching skills. Most prominently, Bute is a master of landing uppercuts (a punch he lands at an unusually high success rate) to either the body or the head and has an extremely well rounded arsenal.

Bute has had issues in the past regarding his conditioning in a grueling fight, as well as his ability to chase an opponent. Lucian has not looked to be suffering from poor fatigue in his more recent fights though, and his ability to come forward is improving (albeit a bit slowly).

Lucian Bute has displayed remarkable skills all throughout his career and is only improving in this department, and has not shown any signs of slowing down at the age of 31. His resume, despite being torn apart by many fight fans, is truly not that bad and there are plenty of high-to-mid-level fighters dotting his resume.

Lucian Bute will be facing a stiff test on Saturday night though, one of the toughest fighters Bute has ever faced, when he squares off with Glen Johnson.

Johnson is coming into this fight off a fairly one sided decision loss at the hands of Carl Froch just a few short months ago. Glen was unable to land cleanly on Froch very often and was outworked and outboxed in the fight, eventually losing a majority decision (although most believe Johnson has little claim to winning).

Glen Johnson’s resume and experience speaks for itself, as you can see from a quick glance at his history that “The Road Warrior” truly has fought everyone. From 168-pounds to 175-pounds, Glen has been in the ring with a ton of elite fighters and fringe contenders alike.

Johnson, who has had a history of getting poor treatment from the judges at ringside, has been looking less than impressive in some of his more recent fights but at the same time put up great fights against Tavoris Cloud and even Carl Froch.

Stylistically, everyone knows what Johnson’s strengths and weaknesses are. Glen possesses a shockingly durable chin, a solid right hand and solid conditioning that allows him to push a strong pace consistently throughout a fight.

However, Johnson has shown the same weaknesses for years now and I believe they will be exploited on Saturday night. Glen can be outboxed and at this stage of the game, movement seems to give Johnson some trouble.

Glen still has his iron chin, but even that appears to be wearing down as I have seen him get hurt much more often in his past few fights then even a couple years ago.

Lucian Bute in my mind is the better, more well-rounded fighter who, as crazy as it may sound, has a shot at ending the night early. Some people discount Bute’s ability due to his somewhat weak competition lately, but “Le Tombeur” can really punch!

Not only his uppercut, but virtually everything he throws can drop his opponent in an instant. Glen Johnson is a very tough fighter, but I feel his style plays right into Bute’s hand.

Lucian excels and dominates with ease when his opponents come straight after him, and that is exactly what Johnson will do. Glen does not have it in him to take steps back, and that is exactly what gives Bute the most trouble.

The majority of the time Bute will only let a fight go into deep waters when his opponent is not engaging him. Johnson will be coming after Bute all night and I feel he will have trouble avoiding everything Bute has, especially counter punches.

Lucian is the faster fighter who loves aggressive opposition, and I think Bute can stop Johnson in this fight. It may not be a one round blowout, but Lucian should be able to land pretty cleanly as Glen plods forward after him.

Not only that, but Bute’s bodywork could be a key factor in this fight. Johnson holds his hands high when blocking, and is open to getting tagged downstairs. The most likely outcome is a clear decision for Bute, I have a feeling Lucian has the tools to end it early.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Bute By KO {+241}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Bute By KO {+241}
D3: .50 Units On Bute By KO {+241}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

From Russia With Love Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Friday, fight fans will be treated to a interim WBA cruiserweight title bout when Denis Lebedev, (22-1, 17KO’s) battles living legend James “Lights Out” Toney, (75-6-3, 44KO’s) from the Khodynka Ice Palace, Moscow, Russia.

Lebedev opened the contest as the big betting favorite and his number has risen a bit but you can get him at -700. Toney supporters get the underdog cash at +500.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -265 and the under at +220. Lebedev by KO comes in at +131, while Lebedev by decision will reward you with +113. Toney by KO hits the mark at +591, and Toney by decision lands at +1100. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +4000.

Denis Lebedev is a fairly small name in the sport of boxing, but has been putting together some decent wins under the radar over the past couple years, most recently knocking out Roy Jones Jr. in the tenth round of their fight.

Aside from his win over the clearly faded Jones, Lebedev has also scored victories over Enzo Maccarinelli, Alexander Alexeev and also put up a competitive fight against Marco Huck, a fight that Lebedev lost via disputed split decision.

Lebedev, who fights out of Russia (where this fight is taking place), has been showing some improvements in his more recent fights but continues to display noticeable flaws in his game as well.

As you can see from his record, Denis is a pretty big puncher and has been able to knock out the majority of his opposition, but inside the ring Lebedev can rely a bit too much on his punching power.

Lebedev can fall into bouts of inactivity at times, throwing few punches except for big haymakers and even when Denis is putting on solid pressure and coming after his opponent, Denis often looks for the knockout punch very often.

As well as that, Denis can get wild when he throws and leaves himself open to getting countered. Denis has displayed a pretty good chin thus far in his career, but his defense is unremarkable to say the least.

Lebedev is a legitimately big puncher who, to his credit, has only suffered one defeat (a controversial one at that) but quite honestly his technical skills leave a lot to be desired.

James “Lights Out” Toney is also coming into this fight off a win, albeit one over a much smaller named opponent. Toney won a shutout unanimous decision over Damon Reed nine months ago in his first fight since September of 2009 (after a horribly unsuccessful attempt at Mixed Martial Arts).

Toney is widely regarded as being a “shot” fighter at this point in his career but has been able to continue putting up victories and has only lost two of his last 24 fights dating all the way back to 1997!

However, the latter half of that unbeaten streak was contested in the heavyweight division and this will be the first time Toney will have fought at cruiserweight since 2003!

James Toney’s resume and experience speaks for itself and the 23-year veteran of the sport has faced off with some of the best of the best over the years. At age 43 and after a massive 84-fight career though, it is easy to question just how much “Lights Out” has left in the old gas tank.

In his prime, Toney was a truly incredible fighter. Gifted with outstanding reflexes and speed, Toney was a very tough target to hit and James was also a sharp counter puncher as well.

Not only that, but Toney was and is still a deceivingly hard puncher, even at the higher weight classes where Toney was significantly smaller than his opponents.

At this point, Toney has lost a few skills such as movement (James has next to no movement inside the ring), but despite his long career and being a little long in the tooth, Toney is still lightning quick and slick defensively.

The issue with Toney is that he can be very inactive at times, just letting his opponent throw and miss but not returning fire or simply clinching. James is rarely hit cleanly on a consistent basis, even at this stage of his career but doesn’t rocket off counter punches as he used to back in his prime.

Stylistically in this match up, I think James Toney has a good shot at pulling off the upset but he has an uphill battle ahead of him. Anytime Toney throws, he will be able to land and I suspect he will be landing very cleanly as well, but his inactivity could lose him this fight.

Lebedev, even in his most inactive moments, will still be able to outwork Toney. In any case though, I highly doubt “Lights Out” could come close to winning a decision in Russia where Lebedev will undoubtedly have the support of everyone in the Khodynka Ice Palace.

I thought Toney looked perfectly fine at the weigh-ins at 199-pounds, but I don’t think the drop in weight will be able to breathe a significant amount of life back into the faded James Toney.

Unfortunately, Toney has to win via knockout in this fight but fortunately (for Toney), I think the old veteran can do it. James has very respectable punching power and should be able to tee off on Lebedev whenever he lets his hands go.

As far as a final outcome though, I suspect Lebedev will probably walk away with the decision win in Russia. I see a miniscule chance of Denis stopping James, and I believe Toney’s low punch output could lose him this very winnable bout. I like Toney’s chances at those high betting odds, but Denis is a big favorite for a reason.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Toney By KO {+591} & 3.00 Units On Lebedev By Decision {+113}
Boxeo: N/P
Grass Hopper: 1.00 Units On Toney {+500}
Doody: .50 Units On Toney By KO {+591}
D3: .50 Units On Toney By KO {+591}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 137 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 137, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when BJ “The Prodigy” Penn, (16-7-2, 7KOs, 6 Submissions) battles Nick Diaz, (25-7, 13KO’s, 8 Submissions) from the Mandalay Bay Events Center, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Penn opened the contest as the very slight betting favorite but there has not been much action on either side since the lines opened. Currently you can get Penn at -120 and Diaz at +100.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -550, and the Won't Go at +400. Penn ITD (Inside The Distance) gives you +351, while Penn by decision will reward you with +175. Diaz ITD hits the mark at +365, and Diaz by decision lands at +189. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6000.

BJ Penn will be stepping into the Octagon for an incredible 21st time on Saturday night, and is fresh off a welterweight showdown with Jon Fitch. Penn and Fitch fought competitively for three rounds, but Penn faded down the stretch and was relentlessly battered in the third round.

The bout was declared a controversial draw, but Penn showed that he still had some fight left in him even in the 170-pound division.

BJ, a legend in the sport of MMA, has been struggling a bit recently though as he has only been able to put together a 2-2-1 record in his last five outings. “The Prodigy” holds a truly impressive resume in the lightweight division but has run into problems at 170-pounds (where his last two fights took place).

Penn holds a poor record when competing in the welterweight division and has made his name off being a devastating 155-pounder, not a pudgy 170-pounder. However, despite his unintimidating physique at welterweight, Penn is still a very tough opponent for anyone.

BJ possesses quick hands, fairly large punching power, an iron chin, practically unbeatable takedown defense and underrated wrestling skills, as well as a devastating grappling game from top position.

While Penn is a very well rounded fighter though, he is still plagued by the issues that hindered him years ago. If BJ is put on his back, he does next to nothing aside from hold his opponent’s in his guard. Not only that, but Penn’s conditioning is a recurring issue inside the Octagon, especially when fighting at 170-pounds.

The “in-shape” Penn can go two rounds at most before looking dead tired, but an out-of-shape Penn has the capacity to gas out in only one round! “The Prodigy”, who has had commitment issues when preparing for a fight, is at his best at 155-pounds but since he has no issue fighting at the welterweight limit, it is a requirement for him to be in the best shape possible in order to pull out a win.

Based off what I’ve seen, Penn does appear to be in decent shape although it can be difficult to determine how physically fit he is when competing at 170-pounds (Penn always looks a bit pudgy at welterweight).

Meanwhile, Nick Diaz is making his UFC debut after being removed from a title fight with Georges St. Pierre and is riding a massive 10-fight win streak that includes a number of very notable wins over fighters like Frank Shamrock, KJ Noons and Paul Daley.

The well-known but not exactly popular Diaz has a crowd pleasing style that puts him in the line of fire every time he steps into the cage. Diaz is remarkably durable, taking the best shots from virtually everyone he fights and is also a relentlessly, tireless striker with deceiving but devastating punching power.

Diaz, who is surprisingly effective with bodyshots, has made a habit of walking straight after his opponents, eating punches while returning his own. Although he takes a ton of shots in his fights, the results speak for themselves as Diaz wears down his opponents and often stops them.

Nick also possesses an excellent, albeit rarely seen ground game. Diaz has virtually no takedown defense, but fights quite well off his back and has been able to submit Hayato Sakurai and Evangelista Santos recently.

Diaz has been getting hurt more often lately (in fights with Zaromskis, Noons, Daley), but recovers shockingly quickly and more often than not comes back to knockout his opponent.

Stylistically, I fully understand why the betting odds are as close as they are. Diaz is not a wrestler, but is relentless in his attacks and always wears out his opponents. Penn on the other hand is a renowned striker but has showed a vulnerability to tiring out and getting beat up late in a fight.

Frankly, I expect Penn to show off his wrestling chops in this fight. Diaz has very poor takedown defense and will not be able to submit Penn off his back, and I suspect BJ will be looking to expose that weakness.

However, while I do think Penn has more than enough wrestling ability to throw Diaz down at will, I believe Penn will be in the most trouble in the final round of the fight. Diaz will not tire and will come after Penn looking for the kill anytime he is on his feet and if Penn comes in with the expected gameplan, I doubt “The Prodigy” will want to roll the dice in a striking match with Diaz.

If this fight goes the distance, I think Penn’s wrestling will earn him the decision victory but if this fight ends early in any way, it will be Diaz who is getting his hand raised. It is a very close fight with what proves to be an entertaining style matchup, but I will trust Penn’s durability and “lay and pray” skills in this outing to pull out a close, but clear decision.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Penn By Decision {+175}
Boxeo: 4.00 Units On Diaz {+285}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.00 Units On Diaz {+285}
D3: 2.00 Units On Diaz {+285}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 137 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 137 we are treated to a lightweight bout between Donald “Cowboy” Cerrone, (16-3, 1KO, 12 Submissions) and Dennis Siver, (19-7, 5KO’s, 9 Submissions) live from the Mandalay Bay Events Center, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Cerrone has been installed as the betting favorite and most of the action has been moving in Cerrone’s direction and currently sits at around –200. Siver comes in with the underdog money at +170.

Donald “Cowboy” Cerrone is riding high after scoring the first knockout win of his career, coming two months ago against young prospect Charles Oliveira. Cerrone outstruck Oliveira from the start and surprisingly was able to stun the Brazilian, eventually stopping him with ground and pound after only three minutes of action.

Donald has put together five straight wins since fighting for the WEC title against Ben Henderson way back in April of 2010. Since that loss, Cerrone has been looking increasingly more impressive every time he steps into the cage and has even amassed a 3-0 record in the UFC.

Cerrone made his reputation early in his career as being a highly skilled grappler, but has been displaying outstanding striking ability recently as well. Now regarded as a Muay Thai fighter, Cerrone has showcased excellent kicks (especially leg kicks) and a surprisingly effective clinch attack over the past year.

Cerrone’s punches can get a bit wild at times, but when Donald fights disciplined he has the ability to systematically pick apart his opponents.

“Cowboy” lacks punching power and is actually quite a light hitter, but has very solid conditioning and a durable chin that allows him to outpoint fighters on the feet. As far as his grappling goes, Cerrone is an ace on the ground and fights exceptionally off his back as well.

Donald’s wrestling is not stellar, but it is improving over time. I do not like the fact that Cerrone puts himself into Guillotine Chokes often when he shoots for takedowns, but the only time he has ever been submitted with a Guillotine was his 1-minute loss to Ben Henderson.

The Cowboy’s opponent on Saturday night is also coming into this bout off a big win streak, as Dennis Siver has amassed four straight wins over highly regarded opponents. Most recently, Siver battled to a split decision win over Matt Wiman nearly four months ago.

Siver and Wiman battled for three straight rounds, with both men vying for control of the extremely competitive match. Siver ultimately walked away as the winner, but it was undoubtedly one of the most difficult fights Siver has had in a long time.

However, although Siver struggled heavily against Wiman, Dennis has been soundly defeating the rest of his opponents on the way to racking up four wins in a row. Siver has improved quite a bit since his most recent loss (against Ross Pearson), and decimated Andre Winner and George Sotiropoulos in the past year.

The German fighter, Siver is a striking specialist who, despite his record (more submissions then knockouts), is a fairly big puncher but lacks high level grappling skills.

Dennis is a masterful kickboxer with very hard and quick kicks, and has also shown a sturdy chin. Adding to that, Siver’s takedown defense is quite good and Dennis is rarely taken down unless he is fighting a true wrestler (such as Matt Wiman).

Siver’s style as a “sprawl and brawler” works well for him and has led to a lot of success in his career, especially recently, but I have seen flaws in Siver’s technical skills. Although his kicks are excellent and powerful, Dennis’s punches can be wide at times, leaving him open to being countered.

More importantly though, despite his kickboxing skills, Siver rarely checks leg kicks and often just walks forward without a care. Although this fact has not really been seriously exploited, I do believe Cerrone will find a home with his leg kicks in this fight.

Obviously both fighters in this match up are riding big win streaks and are very talented, but I give more advantages to Cerrone. Donald is the more technical striker who could very well tear Siver’s leg up with kicks throughout the contest.

Not only that, but should the fight hit the ground in any way I think the night will be ending early. Siver’s grappling continues to improve, but the Cerrone is clearly the vastly superior grappler, even if Donald was forced to fight off his back.

“Cowboy” will have a sizeable height and reach advantage in this fight over the stout Dennis Siver, and will likely use that to his advantage. Cerrone is a distance fighter most of the time anyway, and against somebody like Siver I believe Donald can easily control the striking with his range.

Although I consider it practically impossible for Cerrone to win via knockout, he can end the fight via submission during a scramble or if somebody (probably Cerrone) is able to score a takedown. It is likely though, that Cerrone wins via wide decision in what ends up being a kickboxing match dominated by the taller fighter.

Krakrabbit: 5.00 Units On Cerrone {+135}
Boxeo: 10.00 Units On Cerrone {+135}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.00 Units On Cerrone {+135}
D3: 2.00 Units On Cerrone {+135}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 137 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 137, MMA fans will be treated to a featherweight fight when Hatsu Hioki, (24-4-2, 4KO’s, 12 Submissions) battles George Roop, (12-7-1, 3KO’s, 4 Submissions) from the Mandalay Bay Events Center, Las Vegas, Nevada.

Hioki opened the contest as the betting favorite but there has been nothing but money on the favorite with Hioki resting at -320 and Roop sitting at +260.

Hatsu Hioki, despite being the betting favorite in this fight, is a very little known featherweight fighter who has never competed in the US, with the vast majority of his bouts taking place in Japan.

However, Hioki has been silently racking up impressive wins outside the US and currently has a pretty solid resume. Hatsu has faced off with a number of big name featherweight fighters such as Bao Quach, Mark Hominick, Jeff Curran, Ronnie Mann and Marlon Sandro.

Hioki has struggled on the judges’ scorecards in the past (having lost three split decisions and fought to a draw twice), but from what I’ve seen of him I do believe Hioki has some skills.

Hatsu is primarily a grappler and is not a very proficient striker, but has impressive grappling ability and has been able to submit very tough opponents such as Hominick and Mann. The Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu particularly excels at Armbars and Triangle Chokes.

From top position Hioki is quite deadly and often attains mount on his opponents, but Hatsu is also surprisingly capable of fighting off of his back. Although he does not fight off his back very often, Hioki has shown the ability to pull out the occasional sneaky submission off his back.

Not only that, but Hioki’s wrestling is not terrible and most of the time Hatsu is able to get his opponent to the ground. He isn’t extraordinarily strong but makes up for it with a tireless takedown attack if he can grab onto a leg.

Thus far in his career Hioki has not shown many weaknesses aside from his obviously underdeveloped striking, but fortunately Hatsu does appear to have a decent chin that can hold up to punches while Hioki fishes for a takedown.

George Roop, as is usually the case these days, is coming into this fight as the underdog and could be fighting to keep his spot in the UFC’s featherweight division on Saturday night. As you can see from his record, Roop has not achieved much in MMA but has an uncanny ability to pull off big upsets when his career is on the line.

Most recently Roop knocked out Josh Grispi as a large underdog, coming into that contest off a knockout loss to Mark Hominick. Not only that, but Roop put together shocking performances against Leonard Garcia and Chan Sung Jung as well.

Despite Roop’s reputation of a spoiler though, George is ultimately a very unimpressive fighter. A sub-par striker who tends to run more than fight, Roop is also a less-then-stellar grappler who really does not excel in any one area.

George rarely wrestles his opponents and when forced to fight off his back is typically submitted or soundly beaten. Also, Roop lacks big punching power and there are questions about how durable his beard is.

Frankly, I think this is a “welcome to the UFC’ kind of fight for the favorite Hatsu Hioki. Hioki will have the least success on the feet, but I still think Hioki could use his own reach to attempt to negate Roop’s often used jab.

However, I expect this fight to hit the floor at some point early in the contest and if that happens, Hioki will have a huge advantage on the ground. Hioki will likely be able to wrestle Roop, and I highly doubt Roop will be able to control Hioki off of his back.

Despite Roop’s ability to pull out big upsets a little too often, I think Hioki will easily handle George Roop in this fight, very likely winning by submission.

Krakrabbit: 9.50 Units On Hioki {-190}
Boxeo: 3.80 Units On Hioki {-190}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.90 Units On Hioki {-190}
D3: 1.90 Units On Hioki {-190}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night fight fans will be treated to a WBC light heavyweight championship bout when the champion and future hall of famer Bernard “The Executioner” Hopkins, (52-5-2, 32KOs) squares off against “Bad” Chad Dawson, (30-1, 17KOs) live from the Staples Center, Los Angeles, California.

Dawson opened as the slight betting favorite in the fight but the lines have been slowing moving back and forth since opening. Currently Dawson sits at -135 while Hopkins supporters can grab the underdog line at +115.

The O/U on the bout is set at 9.5 rounds, with the over coming in at an insane -700 and the under at +500. Dawson by KO comes in at +694, while Dawson by decision comes in at +118. Hopkins by KO hits the mark at a very high +1054, and Hopkins by decision lands at +170.

Bernard Hopkins has been riding very high recently and is coming into this fight fresh off an exciting bout with highly rated Jean Pascal about five short months ago. A rematch of their first fight (which ended in a controversial draw), Hopkins mostly controlled Pascal in the second fight and won a clear (but surprisingly close) unanimous decision.

Bernard has won four of his last five fights with his only “non-victory” being the draw against Pascal in their first fight almost a year ago.

Hopkins, despite his very advanced age of 46, has still been displaying exceptional skills inside the ring and has still been dominating his opposition recently. Although he looked less than stellar against Enrique Ornelas and Roy Jones Jr., Hopkins has shown the ability to come out of his shell and put on a great performance when he chooses to.

Bernard is incredibly talented and a natural athlete (obviously), but is also renowned for his ring IQ during a fight. Hopkins has the ability to adjust his style on the fly and make seamless transitions from working on the inside, boxing on the outside or chasing down his opponents.

Not only that, but Hopkins’ intelligence inside the ring allows him to see common mistakes and habits of his opponents and exploit them.

Hopkins also possesses very underrated, but shockingly effective defense in addition to his seemingly everlasting iron chin. “The Executioner” lacks big knockout power and extraordinary speed but makes up for it with a difficult style and intelligence.

Adding to all of that, Bernard’s resume speaks for itself as he has fought the best of the best for many years (upwards of 16 years now) and is also an incredible 23 year veteran of the sport.

The challenger in this fight, Chad Dawson is also coming into this fight off a win, albeit one that was a bit less impressive. Dawson is also five months removed from his last outing, against Adrian Diaconu in a lackluster but dominant unanimous decision win.

Dawson has only had one fight since suffering the first loss of his career at the hands of, coincidentally, Jean Pascal just over a year ago.

Chad’s resume looks somewhat impressive at first glance, with names such as Glen Johnson, Antonio Tarver and Tomasz Adamek dotting it, but Dawson has truly faced off with very few “game” opponents.

Although Dawson had to endure a tough fight with Adamek and also battled hard against Johnson in their first contest, Chad’s bouts with Tarver (twice) and his second fight with Johnson were simply pathetic.

I believe Bernard Hopkins is correct when he says that his resume is a Ferrari while Dawson’s is a Mercedes, as Chad’s list of opponents is not abysmal by any means but upon closer inspection you will see that he has fought a lot of overmatched or seriously past their prime fighters.

Stylistically Dawson is a methodical, thinking kind of fighter inside the ring who prefers to never fight off instinct. Chad picks his spots to let his hands go but is constantly popping a jab into his foe’s face while occasionally mixing in a left hand behind it.

However, Dawson has not shown real power in his “power” hand (the left) and seems very comfortable just jabbing all night while sailing to the judges’ scorecards.

A possible reasoning for this is that Dawson is a converted southpaw (he is a natural right hand fighter) and has never really felt comfortable launching powerful attacks with his left hand.

Aside from his lack of a threatening left hand, Dawson has also suffered from serious defensive issues in the past. Again, possibly leading back to him being a natural orthodox fighter, Chad has a bad habit of always leaning to his left side when attempting to avoid punches and he never battles for position of the lead foot (a southpaw must have his lead foot outside his orthodox opponents lead foot).

Because of this, Dawson is liable to getting tagged with the right hand (he leans right into it). Not only does he get nailed with right hands on a consistent basis, but Dawson’s counter punching skills are practically not existent because of his misguided head movement.

“Bad” Chad has been bombed with the right hand in the past and his past fights showcase that fact. Tomasz Adamek dropped (and hurt) Dawson with the right hand, Johnson landed and hurt Dawson with the same punch, Jean Pascal landed his right hand constantly throughout their fight and also had Dawson hurt! Even the unimpressive and slow Adrian Diaconu landed his right hand multiple times.

Hopkins is an old cagey cat and there is no chance that he is going to miss the glaring fact that Dawson naturally leans and slips directly into one of his biggest weapons…the right hand! I fully expect jab-right hand combinations, lead right hands, and right uppercuts to be flying at the face of Dawson every time he makes that fatal mistake of leaning or slipping into the right hand of Bernard Hopkins.

Hopkins’ timing is practically impeccable inside the ring and I think he will be able to exploit Dawson’s defensive issues time and time again for the duration of their fight. Not only that, but as surprising as it may sound I believe Bernard has a great shot of dropping Dawson at some point in their fight.

Chad will likely get hit countless times with Hopkins’ best punch, the right hand, all night and I could easily envision a knockdown similar to the one that Dawson suffered against Adamek (Adamek simply timed Dawson with a one-two combination and dropped him flat with the right hand).

Not only that, but I think there is a massive advantage for Bernard Hopkins if the fight takes place on the inside or in the clinch. Bernard is infamous for his dirty boxing tactics on the inside and Dawson happens to be extremely passive on the inside or when clinched, often just standing there waiting for a break from the referee.

Adding to that, because of Hopkins’ style and the opposing stances of the fighters (southpaw and orthodox), I wouldn’t be shocked to see a cut open up on Dawson’s face. Chad has been cut in the past and actually had his fight with Jean Pascal stopped on a cut over his right eye (caused by a headbutt). Hopkins could easily jump in with a punch and clash with Dawson on the way in.

Although many, many people doubt the oldest champion in boxing history, I believe the grizzled veteran Hopkins has a big stylistic advantage in this fight. Dawson has a solid jab and a decent chin (not great, but not horrible) but makes a lot of mistakes technically.

When facing a very technically sound, extremely intelligent and vastly more experienced fighter like Bernard Hopkins I think that could spell real trouble for the once-beaten Dawson. “Bad” Chad will not able to stop Hopkins and I cannot see him hurting Bernard either. Quite frankly, I think Hopkins is simply the better fighter.

Bernard has been in the ring with a number of southpaws (beating them all aside from Joe Calzaghe), so I do not see that as being a factor in this fight and if anything I believe Dawson’s inability to fight as an effective southpaw will hurt him in this fight.

As well, some fight fans point to Dawson’s “athleticism” but the fact of the matter is that Bernard has faced off with quicker, stronger and more technically sound fighters then Dawson.

I think it is unlikely that Bernard will stop Dawson (after all, Hopkins has not had a knockout in over seven years) but certainly possible. It has been a while since Bernard fought somebody with such defensive issues as Dawson and as I mentioned a knockdown would not surprise me at all.

In any case, I expect a very good performance from “The Executioner” as he exploits Dawson’s somewhat hidden defensive flaws and once again outclasses his younger opponent.

Krakrabbit: 5.00 Units On Hopkins {+125} & 1.00 Units On Under 12 Full Rounds {+380}
Boxeo: 7.00 Units On Hopkins {+125} & 2.00 Units On Under 12 Full Rounds {+380}
Grass Hopper: 2.00 Units On Hopkins {+125}
Doody: 2.00 Units On Hopkins {+125}
D3: 2.00 Units On Hopkins {+125}

Fight Junkie Boxing

 

PPV Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on the undercard of Hopkins/Dawson, fight fans will be treated to a light welterweight title bout when undefeated Danny “Swift” Garcia, (21-0, 14KO’s) battles veteran Kendall “Rated R” Holt, (27-4, 15KO’s) live from the Staples Center, Los Angeles, California.

Holt opened the contest as the betting favorite and was even bet up slightly but the lines have since turned around and Garcia currently sits as the favorite in the fight. Currently, you can get Garcia at -150 while Holt supporters can get the underdog cash at +125.

The O/U on the bout is set at 8.5 rounds, with the over coming in at -150 and the under at +120.

Danny Garcia is the unbeaten fighter in this match up and is coming off a big win in his career over a severely faded but experienced Nate Campbell roughly six months ago. I believe the importance of the Campbell win in Garcia’s career tells you about the level of competition Garcia has faced off with so far.

While he does only have 21 fights thus far, Danny’s resume is not all that impressive and his biggest wins by far are a very close split decision win over Ashley Theophane and his victories over Nate Campbell (who has lost four of his last five) and Mike Arnaoutis (who has lost five of his last six).

Danny has been fighting pretty soft competition so far and I think his promoters (Golden Boy Promotions) have been moving him along slowly for a reason. Garcia has not shown much, in my opinion, to suggest that he is a special fighter.

Although Garcia had a very solid amateur career, I believe he has some noticeable flaws in his style that he has yet to correct. For one, Danny seems tentative inside the ring and personally I think it appears as though Garcia is afraid to get hit.

When put under pressure Garcia has a bad habit of moving straight back or putting his arms out in a defensive motion, leaving him open to getting hit cleanly.

Not only that, but Garcia is fairly inactive as far as punch output goes and is not exactly quick either. He does not have very fast hands nor is he a very skilled boxer and so far in his career seems to be relying on punching power and poor competition to avoid defeat.

If anything, I believe Garcia tends to attempt to fight as a counter puncher but doesn’t seem to have the hand speed to do it all that effectively. This can lead to him having a low punch output and unimpressive accuracy throughout a fight.

Of course Danny Garcia is still a young fighter who continues to improve, but he has only been truly tested once and has already shown vulnerabilities to struggling against moving fighters or boxers.

Kendall “Rated R” Holt is riding a comeback streak of two straight victories after getting stopped by Kaizer Mabuza well over a year ago. Since that loss Holt has knocked out the durable Lenin Arroyo and most recently blew out Julio Diaz in only three rounds a few short months ago.

Holt has been infamous for his inconsistencies inside the ring and that trend has not seized yet. Kendall is an incredibly talented fighter who has the ability to put on a brilliant show but has also had his career marred by blown opportunities and disappointing performances.

“Rated R”, despite only having 31 fights as a professional, has faced off with a ton of big name fighters and is extremely experienced against world class opponents.

At his best, Holt has quick hand speed, very good boxing skills, some impressive counter punching and true knockout power in both hands (despite his knockout ratio). Kendall has suffered in the past from mentality issues, lack of finishing skills and questionable durability but there is no question that Holt is quite a beast when he is “on”.

Unfortunately, there is no telling when Kendall will be at his best on fight night as he has struggled with a traumatic childhood his entire life as well as the occasional run in with the law (as recent as 2009 Holt pleaded guilty to money laundering as he was knowingly delivering “drug money” to his manager).

As far as this match up goes, I think Kendall Holt has a great shot in this fight. Danny Garcia has not impressed me in the least bit and I think Holt is a vastly superior fighter overall.

Garcia is very stiff, fairly slow and methodical while Holt is a much more fluid and quick fighter. In fact, I believe Danny’s best shot at a win is via knockout.

Holt has had chin and durability issues in the past (having been stopped three times) but aside from a knockout loss I think Holt has a big advantage in this fight.

Kendall is mobile enough to avoid getting trapped into a war and despite Holt’s occasionally low punch output, I doubt Garcia, who is not an active fighter himself, will be able to easily outwork Kendall.

I also think Holt has a good chance of scoring a knockout in this match up depending on how easily Garcia is to hit. I do not anticipate “Swift” being able to defend against his quicker opponent often, and unless he has a very good chin I could easily envision him sprawled across the canvas.

The best chance for Garcia is to end the fight early, but if he cannot do that I think Kendall Holt will outclass the unbeaten fighter for as long as the bout lasts.

Krakrabbit: 1.50 Units On Holt {+125}
Boxeo: 1.00 Units On Holt {+125}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Holt {+125}
D3: 1.00 Units On Holt {+125}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 136 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 136 we are treated to a lightweight title bout between the champion Frankie “The Answer” Edgar, (13-1-1, 2KO’s, 3 Submissions) and Gray “The Bully” Maynard, (10-0-1, 2KO’s) live from the Toyota Center, Houston, Texas.

Edgar was installed as the small betting favorite and while the lines were stagnant for a while, money has recently been coming in on the underdog. Edgar currently sits at around –130 while Maynard backers will get +110 odds.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -235 and the Won’t Go at +178. Edgar ITD (Inside The Distance) will get you +510, while Edgar by decision will get you +150. Maynard ITD hits the mark at +422, and Maynard by decision lands at +221. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +5000.

Frankie Edgar and Gray Maynard battled each other for the second time nine months ago in what ended up being an action packed contest. As most people know, Edgar already lost a close decision to Maynard back in 2008 but their sequel to that competitive fight was also very exciting.

Despite nearly getting knocked out in the first round (and easily losing a 10-8 round), Edgar rallied back from the brink of defeat and outboxed Maynard successfully for the rest of the contest.

Edgar recovered outstandingly quickly after the first round and managed to land his quick strikes and defend takedown attempts from the second round to the fifth. One judge had the fight 48-46 in favor of Edgar, one 48-46 in favor of Maynard and one had it an even 47-47, resulting in a somewhat disputed (by both Edgar and Maynard supporters), but justified draw.

Frankie Edgar displayed more of his talents in that fight and also showcased incredible heart (and recover skills!) throughout. Edgar is already well known for his excellent head movement, very fast hands, powerful wrestling and rapidly improving takedown defense but what Edgar showed off nine months ago was an iron will and tons of heart.

Edgar is extremely talented and well rounded, with virtually unrivaled striking skills, great takedowns and a shockingly underrated grappling game. I believe a key improvement for Edgar recently has been his takedown defense though, as he has been able to stuff the wrestling of BJ Penn and Maynard recently (amongst many others in the past).

“The Answer” and his skills have been proven for many years even though he has only defended his title twice (since taking it from BJ Penn in their first fight). Edgar’s resume is simply great, and the level of competition Frankie has been facing off with since early in his career is outstanding.

Jim Miller, Tyson Griffin, Sean Sherk, BJ Penn and many other top level UFC fighters have fought Edgar, and interestingly enough the only man to defeat Edgar (and always give him his biggest challenge) is the one who has never won a UFC belt.

Gray “The Bully” Maynard has made his rise up to this second title shot with Edgar the hard way, beating Kenny Florian, Nate Diaz and Roger Huerta in his last four outings.

Maynard has a style similar to that of the champion but also has some key differences that make this match up an interesting and exciting one. Gray is the bigger fighter and also possesses powerful wrestling skills (his double leg is quite overpowering) in addition to quick hand speed and good foot movement.

However, Maynard is arguably the better fighter from top control while Edgar is clearly the superior striker. On a related note, although Maynard has only scored a measly one knockout in his career, the man has very solid power in both hands.

Gray has a habit of stunning or hurting his opponents, but has never really shown the desire to end the fight (aside from his rematch with Edgar, of course).

The stylistic matchup between these two is simply excellent and makes for a good fight, no matter how many times they square off. While it is difficult to predict what kind of gameplan the two fighters will bring into this third duel, I do suspect Maynard will be looking to wrestle in this fight.

He is the inferior striker with worse head movement and slower hands, but has shown a tendency to wrestle when things aren’t going his way on the feet. Gray will very likely attempt to use his size advantage and takedown attempts to bully Edgar to the ground if he feels that he cannot replicate that big shot on the feet.

As for Edgar, I think he will take a more balanced approach this time around. While Edgar is clearly the better striker and likes to box more often than not, there is no doubt that he will need to defend against Maynard’s shoots in every round of the fight.

A key factor for me in this fight is that I firmly believe Edgar can sprawl Gray Maynard. Edgar defended many takedowns in their first fight, and sprawled the vast majority of Gray’s takedown attempts in the rematch as well.

Frankly, I think Maynard’s big left hook that nearly knocked Edgar out was more of a fluke then anything. Gray caught Frankie with a perfect shot very early in the fight, and Edgar took control of the bout after the first round.

While Maynard fatiguing fairly badly after the first round (due to his attempts to finish) had an impact on the fight, I think Edgar will be able to control the striking exchanges consistently from the first bell this time around.

As crazy as it may sound, I actually think this fight could play out in a dominant fashion similar to Edgar’s second bout with BJ Penn. Edgar’s first fight with Penn was somewhat close, but Frankie adjusted and dominated the second time around.

Gray Maynard is no slouch but I think Frankie Edgar is just the better fighter. I feel he will be able to take Maynard down more often than he himself will be taken down, and on the feet it is obvious who the better striker is.

In fact, I believe Maynard’s best chance to take home the belt is via knockout. Perhaps he could land another picture perfect shot and stop Edgar this time around, but I see his chances of a stoppage as somewhat slim to be honest.

As well as that, while an Edgar knockout is virtually out of the question, I think “The Answer” has the grappling skills to end the fight early with a submission.

An often overlooked aspect of his game, Edgar (a Brown Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu) is very underrated with his submission skills and has caught Maynard in very bad positions in the past. He has sunk in very, very tight submissions in the past against Maynard (a Kimura in their first fight and a Guillotine in the second fight) and could well finish the job with a sub this time.

Although Maynard’s wrestling skills are unquestioned, he has a habit of putting himself into Guillotine Chokes when he looks for takedowns, something Edgar could take advantage of once again in this fight.

I wouldn’t say Edgar is the best bet on this UFC card, but I think he should be able to win this fight with no controversy. Unless Frankie gets tagged badly again, I expect him to outstrike Maynard while defending takedown attempts for as long as the fight lasts, perhaps even scoring a takedown or two of his own over the course of the bout.

Krakrabbit: 3.45 Units On Edgar {-115}
Boxeo: 2.30 Units On Edgar {-115}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.15 Units On Edgar {-115}
D3: 1.15 Units On Edgar {-115}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 136 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 136, MMA fans will be treated to a featherweight title fight when the champion Jose “Scarface” Aldo, (19-1, 12KO’s, 2 Submissions) faces off with Kenny “KenFlo” Florian, (14-5, 3KO’s, 9 Submissions) from the Toyota Center, Houston, Texas.

Aldo opened the contest as the betting favorite and money has recently been coming in on the champion, moving Aldo’s line to -420 while the challenger Florian sits at +335.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +180, and the Won’t Go at -260. Aldo ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -140, while Aldo by decision will reward you with +325. Florian ITD hits the mark at +490, and Florian by decision lands at +697. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +7000.

Jose Aldo is coming into this fight fresh off what was likely the biggest challenge of his career since winning the featherweight title. Aldo battled Mark Hominick six months ago at UFC 129 and despite knocking Hominick down multiple times, did struggle in the final round of the contest and was also unable to stop Hominick before the final bell.

Jose has stated that he was sick (likely with a staph infection) coming into the fight, and I am inclined to believe the Brazilian fighter. Aldo looked slower and much less explosive than ever in that fight and while he did easily outstrike Hominick, Aldo appeared badly fatigued and weakened over the course of the bout.

Under normal circumstances, Aldo is a powerful, extremely quick and well-rounded fighter. Blessed with devastating knockout power, Jose has quick hands and underrated defensive skills on the feet as well.

Not only that, but Aldo is a Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and is a world champion in Jiu-Jitsu competitions. It is very rarely seen, but Jose is allegedly a beast on the mats and also comes out of the Nova Uniao camp (where many solid grapplers have originated from).

Aldo’s unimpressive final round against Hominick was one of the first times Jose has shown a real vulnerability inside the cage but I do believe that a high level grappler like Aldo had a reason for looking so poorly in that contest.

Not only did he get dominated in the 5th round of the fight, but Aldo also got very tired as well, something that has not been an issue for Jose in the past. If Aldo was not sick, then I also believe that a case could be made that Aldo was weakened by the weight cut to 145 pounds.

Jose is a fairly large 145-pound fighter and endured a very bad weight cut for his title fight against Hominick.

In any case, there is no question that at his best Jose Aldo is a force to be reckoned with on the feet. His takedown defense is very solid and his striking prowess is impressive. If anything, I feel that Jose can get overly wild when attempting to finish an opponent (although Aldo has not shown a weak chin thus far in his career).

The challenger Kenny Florian is only four months removed from his featherweight debut after moving down in weight from the lightweight division. Florian faced off with Diego Nunes and despite winning a unanimous decision (in a fight that was extremely close, despite the unanimous scorecards) and looked mostly unimpressive.

Florian was knocked down multiple times in the fight and had very little offense aside from the occasional takedown and subsequent “lay and pray”.

“KenFlo” took home the win and a shot at the title, but Kenny looked horribly physically and appeared weak at 145-pounds, not to mention he got knocked down twice by a fighter typically regarded as fairly light hitting.

Florian is a “been there, done that” fighter who has fought at as high as 185-pounds, and challenged for titles in the past.

His resume is quite impressive despite his relatively small amount of fights and includes names such as Diego Sanchez, Sam Stout, Sean Sherk, Joe Lauzon, Roger Huerta, Joe Stevenson, BJ Penn and Gray Maynard amongst other small name contenders.

Kenny has shown excellent grappling and submission skills from top position in addition to improving striking skills, but at this point of his career Florian has had his flaws exposed as well.

“KenFlo” fights poorly off his back despite his rank of 2nd Degree Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu and has had issues with strong wrestlers in the past (such as Sherk and Maynard). As well as that, Florian lacks punching power on the feet and despite a long jab has questionable defensive skills.

Florian has shown a solid chin, but has been rocked on numerous occasions (Sanchez stopped him, while Penn and Nunes hurt him multiple times) and seems to have particular troubles with quick fighters who can counter punch him.

Kenny Florian is a very good fighter who has spent the vast majority of his career within the UFC, and much of his career in the talent packed lightweight division. At 145-pounds though, I think he vastly overmatched in this fight.

Although Florian will have the sizeable height advantage in the fight, the mix of styles in this fight does not appear to favor Florian.

Jose Aldo is the vastly superior striker and has more than enough knockout power to end the fight at any time. Aldo’s quick hands and explosive attacks are likely going to cause serious problems for Florian, and I doubt “KenFlo” can defend against them all night.

I fully expect Florian to wrestle in this fight, but aside from his bout with Hominick “Scarface” has shown no signs of poor takedown defense. If he can sprawl Florian’s initial takedown attempts, I think the fight will be ending soon thereafter.

Florian is a very experienced and difficult opponent, but is not a powerhouse wrestler who can lay on Aldo for five rounds and is nowhere near the level of Aldo when it comes to the striking game.

In fact, I believe Aldo would be a much larger betting favorite if he did not look so unimpressive against Hominick in his last outing. I anticipate Jose Aldo scoring a big stoppage in this fight by outclassing Florian on the feet before ending the night, likely within two or so rounds (if that).

Krakrabbit: 4.05 Units On Aldo ITD {-135}
Boxeo: 25.00 Units On Aldo {-250}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 5.00 Units On Aldo {-250}
D3: 5.00 Units On Aldo {-250}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 136 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 136, MMA fans will be treated to a middleweight fight when Chael Sonnen, (25-11-1, 7KO’s, 3 Submissions) battles Brian “All American” Stann, (11-3, 8KO’s, 1 Submissions) from the Toyota Center, Houston, Texas.

Sonnen opened the contest as the betting favorite in the fight and his line has not moved much since opening and is sitting at its current number of -260. Stann is sitting around the +220 mark.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -185, and the Won’t Go at +155. Sonnen ITD (Inside The Distance) currently sits at +434. Sonnen by decision will cost you -135. Stann ITD hits the mark at +319, and Stann by decision lands at +889. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6000.

Chael Sonnen is returning to the cage after a 14-month layoff and a rousing battle against Anderson Silva in his most recent outing.

Sonnen famously dominated Silva for nearly five full rounds, taking the champion down relentlessly and scoring with vicious ground and pound through the contest before succumbing to a fight ending Triangle Choke with only two minutes left in the contest.

Chael looked spectacular in the fight and is 3-1 in his last four fights including dominant wins over Dan Miller, Yushin Okami and Nate Marquardt.

Sonnen has rapidly gone from being a mid-level contender to an elite level star in the sport of MMA in the past year or so after battering well known fighters such as Okami, Marquardt and especially Silva.

Sonnen recent dominance has highlighted his impressive skills and brought it to the attention of the masses. Chael is an outstanding wrestler, easily one of the best in the UFC, and is far and away the best wrestler in the middleweight division.

Sonnen’s double-leg takedown is extremely strong and virtually impossible to defend and as well as that, Chael’s top control is devastating. He throws hard ground and pound consistently and has a seemingly endless gas tank, but unfortunately does not punch very hard. Despite his ground striking skills, Sonnen often goes the distance.

Not only that, but Chael has decent, underrated striking from the southpaw stance and an iron chin that has allowed him to take punches from a number of high level fighters.

However, Sonnen is far from flawless and a quick peak at his record will reveal a glaring weakness: his submission defense! Possibly due to his relentlessly aggression, Sonnen has a habit of getting submitted and has tapped out a shocking 8 times in his career.

Chael rarely gets submitted from anywhere but his opponents guard, but has been forced to succumb to a Triangle Choke three times and some form of an Armbar four times, so it is clear that his weakness is a strong Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu fighter.

Sonnen was the focus of controversy as he tested positive for Performance Enhancing Drugs after his fight against Anderson Silva (and was suspended for a year), but the fact of the matter is that Sonnen is an incredibly strong wrestler with a practically inescapable top control.

Brian “All American” Stann is himself coming into this fight off a win and is riding a victory streak of 3 that extends over the past year. Most recently Stann defeated Chris Leben and Jorge Santiago in a six month period and has been looking fairly good lately.

Stann has had a bit of an up and down career marred by losses to Steve Cantwell and Krzysztof Soszynski in addition to sustaining a beating from Phil Davis, but has been finding his stride recently.

Brian is essentially the complete opposite fighter from Chael Sonnen stylistically, as “All American” prefers to strike with all of his opponents and score big knockouts before the final bell.

Stann is quite slow, has questionable defense and a chin that has been cracked before (Cantwell knocked him out once), but possesses big punching power in both hands.

Although not the most technically sound, Stann has scored knock outs against Cantwell and Chris Leben (albeit a sick Leben) amongst others.

Stann has shown good power on the feet in the past but has also had his flaws exposed as well. Not only can he be outstruck, but he has unimpressive conditioning and has shown a weakness in the grappling department.

“All American” has virtually no submission ability and has struggled heavily when being wrestled in the past (Phil Davis and Mike Massenzio had a lot of success wrestling him). Stann fights very badly off his back and tires quickly when he cannot get up off the bottom position.

Stylistically I think this is a phenomenal match up for the more experienced Chael Sonnen. Sonnen is a deadly wrestler with outstanding top control and Brian Stann just so happens to have big weaknesses in those areas.

Chael is coming into this fight off a fairly large layoff, but his wrestling skills are still undoubtedly much better then somebody like Phil Davis, who soundly outwrestled, outgrappled and dominated Stann only 20 months ago.

The amount of improvement Stann would need in order to defend Sonnen’s takedowns is vast, and I believe Brian is in for a long night on Saturday.

Chael Sonnen should be able to throw Stann around effortlessly (especially with his double-leg takedown) and I have no doubt he will crush Stann from top position as well. In fact, I think there is a very good chance Sonnen can get a stoppage in this fight, as Stann does next to nothing when fighting off his back.

Sonnen is, at times, overly aggressive from top position but will not be in danger of getting submitted this time around. Stann does not have the submission skills necessary to tap out Chael off his back, and should get battered for as long as the fight lasts.

However, while under most circumstances I would be very confident in Sonnen taking home the win, but unfortunately Chael has admitted that he is under the weather for this fight. He has been sick for a number of days and I feel that the illness will only hinder him inside the cage.

While I do not doubt Chael would dominate in virtually any other situation, Sonnen being sick could be something that Stann needs to upset the apple cart. Sonnen’s style relies on insane conditioning and strength to wrestle, both of which could be diminished if Chael is still feeling the effects of his illness on fight night.

I still heavily favor Sonnen and think a TKO in the second or third round over a badly beaten Brian Stann is possible, but I cannot help but to invest less into Sonnen as I normally would due to these circumstances.

Krakrabbit: 4.00 Units On Sonnen {-200}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Sonnen {-200}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 1.00 Units On Won’t Go 3 Full Rounds {+155}
D3: 1.00 Units On Won’t Go 3 Full Rounds {+155}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 136 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 136, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when exciting Melvin “The Young Assassin” Guillard, (29-8-2, 19KO’s, 2 Submissions) faces off with Joe “J-Lau” Lauzon, (20-6, 4KO’s, 16 Submissions) from the Toyota Center, Houston, Texas.

Guillard opened the contest as the betting favorite and the lines were mostly stagnant since opening aside from some money coming in on the favorite but have recently shifted dramatically in favor of Guillard. Currently you can get Guillard at a lofty -420 and Lauzon at +330.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at +155, and the Won’t Go at -195. Guillard ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at -160, while Guillard by decision will reward you with you with +394. Lauzon ITD hits the mark at +453, and Lauzon by decision lands at +878. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +8000.

Melvin Guillard has been on a hot streak recently and is riding an impressive five fight win streak over very solid opposition. Ronys Torres, Jeremy Stephens, Evan Dunham and most recently Shane Roller have all fallen to Guillard over the past year and a half.

Guillard has been looking increasingly more impressive as he faced off with better opponents, and simply demolished Dunham and Roller. As most people know, “The Young Assassin” has had an unbalanced career that is marred by seven submission losses that kept Guillard from reaching the upper echelon of the lightweight division.

Melvin has faced off with a who’s who of the 155-pound division such as Carlo Prater, Roger Huerta, Marcus Davis, Josh Neer, Joe Stevenson, Dennis Siver, Gleison Tibau, Nate Diaz and many other, more recent opponents.

Guillard is an explosive striker on the feet with quick hands, impressive knockout power and solid technical skills. Since linking up with Jackson’s Submission Fighting, Guillard has fought more measured on the feet and wary of making fight ending mistakes.

Melvin’s grappling has always been his weakness (as his seven submission losses evidently show), but more recently Guillard has been fighting safer and avoiding the ground game as much as possible. Guillard, who is a mere Blue Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu, is not very adept when it comes to grappling but has success when he avoids takedowns and just strikes with his opponents.

Although Guillard is a decent wrestler, he has a habit of putting himself into Guillotine Chokes when attempting takedowns and has been submitted with the Guillotine Choke three times.

On the feet though there is no question that Guillard is one of the most powerful and technically sound strikers in the division. Frankly, his striking skills and newfound patience is the only reason he has amassed his impressive five fight win streak.

Joe Lauzon will be making his eleventh appearance in the Octagon on Saturday night and is coming off a solid submission win over Curt Warburton four months ago at UFC Live 4.

Lauzon has fallen on tough times recently and is 3-2 in his last five outings, but has not been looking too bad despite his so-so record in recent fights. He was even soundly beating up George Sotiropoulos at UFC 123 before fatiguing and getting submitted in the second round.

Joe has made a name for himself in the UFC as basically being a gatekeeper type of opponent, who easily dispatches of fighters unworthy of the UFC (Gabe Ruediger, Kyle Bradley, etc.) but losing to the higher ranking 155-pound competitors (Sam Stout, Kenny Florian, etc.).

As his record evidently shows, Lauzon is a submission fighter who likes nothing more than to end his fights before the final bell. Although he lacks punching power (having only scored one knockout in the past five years), Joe is quite good on the ground.

His grappling skills are his biggest strength, and despite being submitted twice I do believe Lauzon is a very solid Jiu-Jitsu fighter (he holds a Purple Belt in BJJ). In fact, the only time Lauzon gets outgrappled is when he faces off with accomplished Black Belt Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu masters.

Unfortunately, Lauzon tends to fall into the mold of many other grappling specialists. Joe has poor striking skills, questionable conditioning, an unreliable chin and unimpressive wrestling ability. Although Joe can get some of his opponents down, he is simply not a good enough wrestler nor is he strong enough to consistently threaten with takedowns.

I believe this match up heavily favors “The Young Assassin”, as he can only lose one way: by submission! Joe Lauzon would need to get the fight to the ground somehow in order to pull out a win, but that is something easier said than done.

Guillard is going to be extremely wary of any attempts to take the fight to the mat and I believe that if he had the ability to defend against Evan Dunham and Shane Roller’s takedowns, he can easily defend against Joe Lauzon.

On the feet this fight is a mismatch, plain and simple. Guillard is vastly quicker, has better conditioning and most importantly has the punching power to end the fight in a flash. I expect Melvin to put on a striking clinic, eventually stopping Lauzon before the final bell. I simply don’t think Lauzon can make it the distance if he is forced into a kickboxing match with Melvin Guillard.

Krakrabbit: 6.75 Units On Guillard ITD {-135}
Boxeo: 19.50 Units On Won’t Go 3 Full Rounds {-195}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.70 Units On Guillard ITD {-135}
D3: 2.70 Units On Guillard ITD {-135}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 136 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 136 we are treated to a middleweight bout between Demian Maia, (14-3, 2KO’s, 8 Submissions) and Jorge Santiago, (23-9, 9KO’s, 12 Submissions) live from the Toyota Center, Houston, Texas.

Maia has been installed as the betting favorite but he has been receiving all of the money since the lines opened and sits at around -280 while Santiago comes in with the underdog money at +240.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -135 and the Won’t Go at +105. Maia ITD (Inside The Distance) will get you +155, while Maia by decision will get you +157. Santiago ITD hits the mark at +593, and Santiago by decision lands at +393. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +7000.

Demian Maia will be looking to get back into the winner’s circle on Saturday night after dropping a very close and somewhat controversial decision at the hands of Mark Munoz at UFC 131.

Maia and Munoz battled hard for three rounds, with both fighters having significant moments in the fight. Maia was able to hold his own on the feet but struggled with Munoz’s takedown attempts, eventually losing a unanimous decision to the middleweight contender.

Demian Maia has widely been known as purely a grappler with little striking skill and no punching power either.

Maia, a 3rd Degree Black Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu, is exceptionally skilled on the ground and is a world champion Jiu-Jitsu competitor, but has not been showcasing his submission skills as much as his striking skills recently.

While Demian is undoubtedly a talented grappler with the ability to submit most opponents, Maia’s striking has been looking increasingly sharper as his career progresses. Maia soundly outstruck (and outwrestled) Kendall Grove and most recently looked great on the feet against Munoz.

In fact, I believe Maia had the upper hand in the striking department against Munoz and even stunned Mark Munoz quite badly in the first round. Although it is pretty clear Maia is not a big puncher, I do think he has more power than his record suggests (he has never scored a knockout in his career!).

Demian has also had questions asked about his durability, and while that is a legitimate claim considering his 21 second loss to Nate Marquardt, I firmly believe he is deceiving in that area as well. He took some shots from Munoz recently and also ate the occasional punch from Anderson Silva without showing any signs of being hurt.

Despite his shortcomings, Maia is rapidly becoming more well-rounded and as his striking and wrestling improves I think Demian could be a big threat to a lot of fighters in the middleweight division.

I do have a bit of an issue with Maia not submitting anyone in over two and half years, but he has been fighting very well despite heading to the scorecards in his last five outings. Maia’s wrestling is very underrated and combined with his takedown defense and improving striking skills, Demian is no longer a one-dimensional grappler.

Jorge Santiago could be fighting for his UFC career this weekend despite having only suffered one loss in his most recent stint in the organization due to his extremely unimpressive performance against Brian Stann just over four months ago.

Santiago did next to nothing against Stann and was beaten to the punch, countered and simply outclassed for nearly two full rounds before getting knocked out hard with less than a minute left to go in the second round.

Jorge came into the UFC (for the second time) riding a two fight win streak and having won 11 of his last 12 fights, but his performance against Stann was simply embarrassing.

Santiago is also a fairly well rounded fighter who has displayed decent grappling skills in addition to a quick striking game but is plagued with a porcelain chin that has been broken on numerous occasions.

Jorge has been stopped six times (even getting knocked out once from top position on the ground) and has very little punch resistance. Any big shot on his chin could end his night, and Santiago has been knocked out by light punchers in the past as well (such as Manny Gamburyan) and has been hurt countless times as well.

Santiago is not a bad fighter and has good foot movement on the feet, but his fragile chin has led to his demise time and time again. Also, while Jorge has not been submitted in MMA I do think he can be outgrappled. Santiago certainly has never fought anyone as impressive a grappler as Demian Maia.

Stylistically, I think this fight would favor Santiago if it took place only two years ago, perhaps even as soon as a year ago. But considering Maia’s obvious improvements in his technical striking skills, I think Jorge has his hands full in this bout.

Santiago is not a huge puncher and I think a stoppage is the only way he will be able to walk away with a victory in this fight. Demian should be able to outstrike Santiago and I suspect Maia will be able to wrestle Jorge as well.

Maia’s striking prowess and southpaw stance could very well surprise Santiago and I have no doubt that Maia will be able to defend any takedown attempts Santiago may bring into this fight (after all, he has sprawled better wrestlers then Santiago).

As shocking as it may sound, I think the possibility is there for Maia to score the first knockout of his career as well. His left hand packs a deceiving amount of power and could stun Santiago, but I am inclined to think that Maia will have trouble finishing the fight with strikes (he isn’t a big puncher after all).

I am very confident in victory for Demian Maia though, as I think he is superior in every area and while he may have a speed disadvantage will be the sharper striker and stronger wrestler/grappler in this match up.

Krakrabbit: 5.00 Units On Maia {-250} & 1.00 Units On Maia By Decision {+157}
Boxeo: 2.50 Units On Maia {-250}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: N/P
D3: N/P

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 136 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 136, MMA fans will be treated to a light heavyweight fight when Aaron “A Train” Simpson, (10-2, 6KO’s, 1 Submission) battles veteran Eric “Red” Schafer, (12-5-2, 2KO’s, 8 Submissions) from the Toyota Center, Houston, Texas.

Simpson opened the contest as the betting favorite and his number has only continued to climb up since opening with Simpson resting at -335 and Schafer sitting at +275.

This preliminary, off-TV bout is one that I think is quite obvious to predict and heavily favors the betting favorite. I will just get right to it and tell everyone that I firmly believe Aaron Simpson will rag doll Eric Schafer.

Aaron Simpson has not had the easiest tough road in the UFC, barely beating Tom Lawlor before dropping consecutive losses to Chris Leben and Mark Munoz. Most recently Simpson handily beat up Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu Black Belt Mario Miranda and Brad Tavares.

Simpson has had issues in the past with his questionable striking skills (he can get a little wild and is not the best defensively) but is a talented wrestler with admirable credentials such as being a NCAA Division I competitor.

He is a powerhouse inside the cage with solid punching power and explosive takedowns, in addition to a smothering top control that frustrates his opponents. His striking is still less-then-stellar, but continues to develop and I believe is improving over time (albeit it is improving slowly).

Aaron is not a submission master, nor does he really tear into people with ground and pound on a consistent basis, but has shown solid submission defense throughout his career and rarely puts himself in bad positions on the ground.

Eric “Red” Schafer is undoubtedly fighting for a place in the UFC and has been granted a third opportunity to prove himself after being released from the organization over a year and half ago.

Since putting together a so-so 2-2 record during his latest stint in the UFC, Schafer fought one bout outside of the organization (defeating an 8-7 fighter via submission) and is now returning.

Schafer, as you can see from his record, is purely a grappler who both lacks punching power and striking ability. Eric has very little to offer on the feet overall but does fight quite well when able to grapple from top position.

Unfortunately, Schafer is not an impressive wrestler and is not exactly durable either, having been knocked out twice and stunned countless other times. The result is a so-so grappler who can be easily outstruck on the feet but struggles to get the fight to the ground.

As well as that, despite being a Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu Black Belt under the highly respected Pedro Sauer, Schafer fights rather poorly off of his back.

Now don’t get me wrong, Eric does not get ran over when put on his back (which happens often), but Schafer struggles heavily to put any offense together when forced to fight off his back.

He has been defeated by multiple wrestlers in the past (Bonnar, Bader and Brilz come to mind) and I feel he will be unable to get anything going against the powerful Simpson either.

I fully expect a completely dominant wrestling performance from Simpson, and I actually think Simpson will easily outstrike Schafer on the feet if needed as well. Schafer has very little to offer in this fight, and I highly doubt he will be able to sink in the submission off his back that is required for him to take home a victory.

The “A Train” is simply too strong and too good of a wrestler for “Red” Schafer and I think a stoppage is very possible in this fight, assuming Simpson does not tire too quickly.

Krakrabbit: 12.50 Units On Simpson {-250}
Boxeo: 5.00 Units On Simpson {-250}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.50 Units On Simpson {-250}
D3: 2.50 Units On Simpson {-250}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC 136 Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC 136, MMA fans will be treated to a heavyweight fight when Stipe Miocic, (6-0, 5KO’s, 1 Submission) battles Joey “The Mexicutioner” Beltran, (13-5, 11KO’s, 1 Submission) from the Toyota Center, Houston, Texas.

Miocic opened the contest as the betting favorite, and the lines have moved back and forth since opening but Miocic has gotten a lot of money recently and currently you can get Miocic at -265 and Beltran at +225.

Stipe Miocic will be making his UFC debut on Saturday night after only six fights as a professional. Miocic is a very, very little known Croatian fighter who holds no real notable victories.

The first thing you will notice about Miocic’s record is that it is completely devoid of any live opponents, and that he will obviously be making a huge step up in competition for his UFC debut.

The combined records of Miocic’s opponents is a poor 21-12, and even that statistic is padded by Stipe’s most recent opponent (who held an inflated 10-2 record).

Stylistically, Miocic is a pure brawler who likes to let his hands fly in a slugfest. Like his UFC opponent Joey Beltran, Miocic is a slugger who lacks defensive skills but makes it up for it with the will to battle it out on the feet until somebody falls down.

Thus far in his career Miocic has been the one putting his opponents down, but there is no question that Stipe is not a developed striker. Despite allegedly being a Golden Gloves boxing champion, Miocic is no better of a striker then Beltran and simply likes to stand and bang with little regard to technique or defense.

As well as that, shockingly Stipe is a very accomplished wrestler. A Division I wrestler who was ranked as highly as Ryan Bader and Muhammed Lawal nationally in wrestling, on paper Miocic is a very good wrestler.

Again, despite those stats Miocic has not shown any real desire to wrestle his opponent. Occasionally he has thrown his foe to the mat when getting hit cleanly on the feet, but more often than not Miocic’s wrestling skills are invisible.

There has been nothing to suggest a weak chin from Miocic (yet), but his level of competition has been abysmal and as I mentioned will be fighting at a much higher class on Saturday night. As well, I question Miocic’s conditioning as I have seen him begin to fatigue even after one round of action.

Joey “The Mexicutioner” Beltran is coming into this fight off an exciting win over Aaron Rosa four months ago on the UFC 131 fight card. Beltran and Rosa went to war for three rounds, but Beltran was clearly the better striker and landed the cleaner, harder shots through the fight. Joey stopped the fight in the third round after battering Rosa with ground and pound.

Beltran is a fairly popular fighter within the UFC’s heavyweight division and is becoming increasingly more well known for his willingness to brawl with anyone, no matter who it is.

Joey has struggled at the higher levels (losing to Matt Mitrione and Pat Barry), but has managed to soundly defeat the lower tier opposition in the UFC such as Tim Hague and of course Rosa.

Beltran is a granite chinned fighter with so-so conditioning (he gasses after two rounds, at best) and virtually no defense inside the cage, but has displayed the ability to out-brawl more fighters.

Joey was beaten by fatigue in his fight against Mitrione and was simply a slower, less talented striker against Pat Barry. But in fights against many other brawlers (like Houston Alexander and Tim Hague), Beltran defeated them handily with his endurance and punch output.

Aside from having a great nickname, “The Mexicutioner” is really not special in any way. He has a good chin and good punching power in addition to an iron will, but lacks defense or a real grappling game.

However, in this fight I believe Beltran could well upset the odds once again. Beltran has faced off with vastly superior competition in his career and Miocic is jumping into deep waters fighting a spoiler like Joey Beltran in his UFC debut, which is only his seventh professional fight.

There’s nothing to suggest Miocic punches any harder than Mitrione or Barry - neither of whom showed many signs of being able to even hurt Beltran – and could very well be overmatched on the feet.

Beltran is not even a mid-level fighter in the UFC but is a good gauge as to who are the tomato cans within the UFC’s heavyweight division. If Miocic is not of a higher class of Tim Hague or Aaron Rosa, he will find himself in a losing battle to outslug Beltran.

By no means is either of these fighters going to be top contenders in the division, but I have confidence that Beltran can expose this young fighter as nothing more than a sloppy striker with a glossy record.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Beltran {+240}
Boxeo: 2.00 Units On Beltran {+240}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: .50 Units On Beltran {+240}
D3: .50 Units On Beltran {+240}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Versus Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Versus 6 we are treated to a bantamweight title bout between champion Dominick “Dominator” Cruz, (18-1, 6KO’s, 1 Submission) and Demetrious “Mighty Mouse” Johnson, (9-1, 2KO’s, 4 Submissions) live from The Verizon Center, Washington, D.C.

Cruz has been installed as the large betting favorite, but since the lines opened money has been coming in on the champion. Cruz currently sits at around –475 while Johnson backers will get +385 odds.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 5 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -260 and the Won’t Go at +180. Cruz ITD (Inside The Distance) will get you +302, while Cruz by decision will get you -155. Johnson ITD hits the mark at +621, and Johnson by decision lands at +579. The odds of the fight being declared a draw sit at +6500.

Dominick Cruz is the reigning champion coming into this fight and is riding a very impressive nine fight win streak that includes victories over Joseph Benavidez, Brian Bowles, Scott Jorgenson and Urijah Faber.

Dominick was a bit of a puzzle earlier in his career, mixing in quick takedowns with his quick striking but more recently has become a bit more predictable.

Cruz possesses quick hand speed and excellent footwork (that he uses constantly) in addition to solid wrestling ability and a smothering top game. Dominick constantly moves around the cage throughout the round, utilizing superior foot speed and head movement to avoid damage.

However, his constant movement often causes him to tire after about two rounds and once he begins to fatigue you will see Cruz wrestle much more heavily. After roughly two rounds of hard movement, Cruz throws very little punches on the feet (although he does maintain his movement) and his offense primarily consists of takedown attempts.

Dominick’s gameplan is very obvious at this point in his career, but he has been able to put together a number of good wins since adopting that style. His wins over Joseph Benavidez were very disputed though and many fight fans believe Urijah Faber should have gotten more credit on the scorecards as well.

Not only that, but Cruz’s durability and grappling skills are questionable as well. He has been rocked in the past and the Blue Belt in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu seems tentative to take fights to the ground against high level grapplers (such as Benavidez and Faber).

There is no question that Cruz has had a lot of success in the bantamweight division, but he is not quite as unbeatable as some people will have you believe.

Demetrious Johnson is also coming into this fight off a win, albeit one that was a little more decisive. Johnson defeated the respected grappler Miguel Torres via unanimous decision four months ago at UFC 130.

Johnson used his strong wrestling and shockingly impressive grappling to get Torres to the ground often and avoid submission attempts as well. Demetrious was swept multiple times over the course of the fight but often returned the favor in what was an exciting back and forth grappling battle.

Demetrious is a very well rounded fighter who is ever improving while facing off with higher classes of opposition. Johnson has only suffered one loss in his career (in his sixth professional bout) and has been rapidly improving his striking and grappling ability.

“Mighty Mouse”, who stands at 5’3, is an outstanding wrestler that possesses a lot of strength as well. Possibly because of his height, Johnson is able to effortlessly change levels on lightning quick takedown attempts.

Not only that, but Johnson is very fast on the feet and is getting better when it comes to his striking ability. Although Demetrious lacked real skill on the feet, he is beginning to judge distance better and time his opponents more effectively...Johnson is shocking sharp on the feet despite his stature and short arms.

This fight proves to be an interesting one and certainly one that the challenger has a shot in. Cruz is the reigning champion for a reason and his style seems to impress the judges, but Johnson is a very solid fighter who might have the tools necessary to steal Cruz’s title belt.

Demetrious’s best shot at beating Cruz will likely be by wrestling the champion, which, perhaps surprisingly, I believe he can do. Johnson might just have the speed needed to jump in and launch a takedown attack on the champion, and considering Cruz’s awkward foot movement and Johnson’s wrestling ability I think Dominick will have a tough time stuffing takedown attempts.

Johnson could have trouble outstriking Cruz, even if he jumps in with quick combinations, as nobody seems to get credit for doing damage on the feet against Cruz (see the Cruz vs. Faber fight). But Johnson could set up his shoots with a flurry of punches before dropping down for the takedown.

Undoubtedly it will be a challenging fight for both of them but I do think Johnson can get the fight to the ground and hold the champion down to score points. I see very little chance the fight ends early (both are durable enough and neither punch hard), but I like the value Demetrious Johnson presents in this match up as well.

Krakrabbit: 7.80 Units On Will Go 5 Full Rounds {-260} & 2.00 Units On Johnson By Decision {+579}
Boxeo: 7.80 Units On Will Go 5 Full Rounds {-260}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.60 Units On Will Go 5 Full Rounds {-260}
D3: 2.60 Units On Will Go 5 Full Rounds {-260}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Versus Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Versus 6, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when Matt “Handsome” Wiman, (13-6, 4KOs, 4 Submissions) rematches Mac Danzig, (20-8-1, 5KO’s, 10 Submissions) from the Verizon Center, Washington, D.C.

Wiman opened the contest as the betting favorite, and some money has flowed in on him since the lines opened. Currently you can get Wiman at -200 and Danzig at +160.

The Will Go/Won’t Go on the bout is set at 3 rounds, with the Will Go coming in at -145, and the Won’t Go at +105. Wiman ITD (Inside The Distance) comes in at +220, while Wiman by decision will reward you with +171. Danzig ITD hits the mark at +400, and Danzig by decision lands at +306. The odds of the bout being declared a draw stand at +6000.

Matt Wiman is fresh off a very hard fought and competitive decision loss at the hands of veteran Dennis Siver at UFC 132. Wiman and Siver battled for three rounds, with both fighters having significant moments in the fight but the crafty Siver eventually managed to pull out the win by unanimous decision.

Wiman, who was very disappointed with the decision, has won three of his last four fights and has been looking increasingly more impressive as he progresses in his career.

Matt’s competition thus far in his career has not been outstanding, but does consist of a number of mid-level fighters and a couple elite level contenders in the UFC’s lightweight division.

Names such as Spencer Fisher, Michihiro Omigawa, Thiago Tavares, Jim Miller, Sam Stout and Cole Miller dot his resume and Wiman has been able to defeat the majority of those opponents.

“Handsome” Matt Wiman has been looking better and better every time he steps into the cage and is growing as a fighter quite rapidly.

Wiman is an excellent wrestler with surprisingly solid Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu skills and is also quickly developing his striking skills as evidenced by his fights with Cole Miller and Dennis Siver.

Wiman has struggled in the past and does not sport a very shiny record, but is a dark horse in the 155-pound division and as he improves is becoming more of a threat. In fact, since showcasing a more developed striking arsenal, Wiman has looked very good and has only tasted defeat once in the past two years.

Mac Danzig is coming into this fight off a win, albeit a very surprising one after knocking out Joe Stevenson over nine months ago. In that fight, Danzig took advantage of the faded Stevenson and managed to knock out the typically durable fighter in the very first round with a left hook.

Mac, once a contender in the lightweight division has fallen on tough times recently, having lost many of his recent fights. In fact, Danzig has lost four of his last six fights and has somehow avoided the being on the chopping block during his eight fight UFC stint.

Danzig, like Wiman, started his career by wrestling the majority of his opponents but unlike his opponent, Danzig has had a very solid grappling game for a number of years. Danzig has had issues submitting higher level opposition but has only been tapped out once in his career and possesses a deadly Rear Naked Choke.

As well, Danzig, despite his fairly lopsided record, is somewhat well rounded and has decent and underrated striking skills inside the cage. Although I do consider Danzig to be an inferior striker to his opponent Matt Wiman, I do not think he is completely outclassed on the feet.

This will be the second time Mac Danzig and Matt Wiman face off inside the Octagon, and their first fight had plenty of controversy surrounding it back over a year ago.

Wiman sunk in a tight Guillotine Choke on Danzig early in the fight, but despite not tapping out or showing signs of unconsciousness, the referee (Yves Lavigne) stopped the fight and forced yet another loss on Danzig’s record.

Although an immediate rematch was not made, the long overdue match up has finally been booked for Saturday night. Unfortunately, I think this is a fight that will end up less competitive then their first bout was likely to be.

Since their first battle, Wiman has improved even more when it comes to his grappling skills and more importantly, his striking ability. I think it will be difficult for Danzig to get the fight to the ground and I doubt he will be able to outstrike his quicker, more technically sound opponent.

Not only that, but I believe Wiman will be able to get Danzig down with takedown attempts at will and I suspect Danzig does not have the submission ability to submit “Handsome” Matt Wiman.

Wiman wrestled and outgrappled Cole Miller with ease and I doubt he will have any worries going to the ground with Danzig.

I would not be shocked in the least bit to see this fight become surprisingly one sided in favor of Wiman, as he outstrikes and outwrestles Mac Danzig while moving his UFC record to 8-4. I highly doubt Wiman will end the night early, but he has all the tools necessary to take home an easy decision win.

Krakrabbit: 1.00 Units On Wiman By Decision {+171}
Boxeo: 4.00 Units On Wiman {-200}
Grass Hopper: N/P
Doody: 2.00 Units On Wiman {-200}
D3: 2.00 Units On Wiman {-200}

Fight Junkie MMA

 

UFC On Versus Predictions
By Krakrabbit

Saturday night on UFC On Versus 6, MMA fans will be treated to a lightweight fight when Michael "The Menace" Johnson, (9-5, 5KO’s, 2 Submissions) faces off with Paul "Sassangle" Sass, (11-0, 10 Submissions) from the Verizon Center, Washington, D.C.

Joh